TWI297694B - Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents
Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI297694B TWI297694B TW93134393A TW93134393A TWI297694B TW I297694 B TWI297694 B TW I297694B TW 93134393 A TW93134393 A TW 93134393A TW 93134393 A TW93134393 A TW 93134393A TW I297694 B TWI297694 B TW I297694B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- substituent
- compound
- acid
- formula
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
- G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Epoxy Resins (AREA)
Description
1297694 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於利用光或熱之硬化性組成物,更詳細而 言,係於印刷佈線板、液晶顯示元件、電敷顯示裝置、大 規模積體電路、薄型電晶體、半導體封裝體、彩色濾光片、 有機電場發光機構等之領域,在阻焊膜、覆面膜、以及各 種電子零件之絕緣被覆層之形成上為有用,尤其在利用雷 射光之直接描晝上適於使用之硬化性組成物者。 再者,本發明係關於被使用於液晶顯示裝置等之液晶面 板中以充當彩色濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋條、以及 間隔物用之硬化性組成物,暨使用此項硬化性組成物而形 成之硬化物,以及具有此項硬化物之彩色濾光片、液晶顯 示裝置者。 【先前技術】 向來,例如在印刷佈線板對電子零件施加焊接而予以佈 線之際,作為防止焊接劑對不需焊接之部分之附著之同 時,防止電路對空氣之直接暴露上所需要之保護皮膜,施 行有電路導體焊接部分以外之面上設置阻焊層之方法。在 該阻焊層之形成上被廣泛使用的是,使用感光性晝像形成 材料(以下有時稱為晝像形成材料(A ))等之照相平版印刷 法。 晝像形成材料(A )係指一種在暫時支撐膜上形成感光性 組成物層後,用被覆膜覆蓋該感光性組成物層表面而成之 乾膜光阻材等而言。 6 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 照相平版印刷法係依照以下之順序施行者。首先,剝離 晝像形成材料(A )之被覆膜而積層於被加工基板上,以製成 感光性晝像形成材(以下有時稱為晝像形成材(B))。晝像形 成材(B )亦可以利用一種由感光性組成物之塗佈液直接塗 佈於被加工基板上,予以乾燥以形成感光性組成物層而在 必要時用保護層來覆蓋該感光性組成物層表面之方法來製備。 其次,對此等晝像形成材(B )在被加工基板上之感光性 組成物層藉由一描繪有電路圖案之光罩膜施行晝像曝光。 然後,剝離暫時支撐膜片或保護層,利用曝光部與非曝光 部對顯影液之溶解性之差異,以施行顯影處理,而形成與 電路圖案相對應之光阻晝像。然後,在此光阻晝像充當光 阻之下,對被加工基板施加焊接加工等,藉此使描繪於光 罩膜上之電路圖案形成於基板上。 在另一方面,最近有一種雷射直接描晝法,即利用雷射 光為曝光光源,藉此未用光罩膜,而自電腦等之數位資訊 直接形成晝像之方法,由於不僅可企求生產性之提高,亦 可企求解像性、位置精度等之提高,而受注目,隨之,照 相平版印刷技術方面亦積極在研究雷射光之利用。 其次,作為雷射光源,已知從紫外至紅外領域之各種光 源,不過,關於在晝像曝光上可利用之雷射光源,基於輸 出、安定性、感光能力、以及成本等之觀點,氬離子雷射、 氦氖雷射、YAG雷射、以及半導體雷射等之可發出可視至 紅外領域之光者成為其主力,例如使用波長4 8 8 n m之就離 子雷射、波長5 3 2 n m之F D - Y A G雷射之照相平版印刷法已達 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 成實用化。再者,由於近年來之雷射技術之顯著進步,在 藍紫色領域可安定振盪之半導體雷射亦變得可利用。然 而,習知之感光性組成物在利用雷射光之直接描畫法之情 況,未必可謂其感度充足,尤其在藍紫色半導體雷射之情 形其輸出低於其他可視領域等,因此,所對應之感光性組 成物之感度、以及顯影性等,不僅在直接描晝法,在照相 平版印刷法亦同樣,尚未達到可實用化之水準為目前之實 情。於是極需要有可能實現雷射曝光之阻焊層用材料。 在另一方面,作為印刷佈線板用之阻焊層,基於對高精 度、高密度、環境問題之考慮等之觀點,液狀之光阻油墨 被使用,而作為該液狀光阻油墨,例如,早已知一種光硬 化性光阻油墨(含有環氧樹脂之α,/3 -不飽和單羧酸加成 物與二元羧酸酐之反應產物、光聚合性單體以及光聚合引 發劑)等。 再者,已知一種感光性組成物,在阻鍍層、餘刻光阻層 或阻焊層等被使用之光硬化性感光性組成物之感度及顯影 性之改良暨由該組成物所形成之晝像之耐久性等之改良為 目的之下,含有由多元羧酸或其酸酐加成於環氧樹脂α, 冷-不飽和單羧酸加成物而成之鹼可溶性之改質環氧丙烯 酸酯樹脂者,暨以該組成物為乾膜光阻材,使之積層於基 板上,或將該組成物之塗佈液塗佈於基板上,使之乾燥, 而將如此形成有感光性組成物層之光阻用畫像形成材藉高 壓汞燈或可視雷射或紅外雷射予以曝光以施行顯影處理之 晝像形成方法(例如參照專利文獻1、專利文獻2、以及專 8 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 利文獻3 )等。 此外,亦已知一種阻焊層樹脂組成物,在以提高焊接耐 熱性為目的之下,使用由雙(羥苯)苐型環氧樹脂與(曱基) 丙烯酸之反應物進一步與多元羧酸或其酸酐進行反應所得 之改質環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂(例如參照專利文獻4 )。 然而,此等文獻所載述之光硬化性組成物係在感度方面 尚有改良之餘地之同時,為與被加工基板之密合性,尤其 在充當阻焊層等而處於高溫狀態時之密合性低劣者。 另在液晶顯示裝置等之領域,在形成液晶面板用之彩色 濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋條、以及間隔物等之際, 一直採用由樹脂、光聚合性單體、以及光聚合引發劑等所 組成之樹脂組成物。樹脂組成物,在顯影性、圖案精度、 密合性等之觀點上,有各種組成被倡議,其中之一倡議為, 揭示一種在形成步驟中之短時間之形成及產率之提高為目 的之下,作為上述樹脂組成物所含之樹脂,使用由環氧樹 脂與含不飽和基羧酸或其酸酐之反應物進一步與多元羧酸 或其酸酐進行反應所得之含不飽和基樹脂之技術(專利文 獻5 )。在另一方面,液晶面板用樹脂組成物有時被要求高 硬化性或優異之機械特性。 例如,間隔物(在本說明書中,「間隔物」係由樹脂組成 物所形成之表示所謂之「柱狀間隔物」、「感光間隔物」等) 係在液晶面板中,保持二塊基板之間隔為一定之目的下被 使用者,由於在製造液晶面板時,經過高溫高壓下之彩色 濾光片與基板之加壓步驟,間隔物被要求加壓前後之變形 9 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 少,而維持間隔物功能之物性。亦即,需要實際使用 下之間隔物用樹脂組成物具有一種機械特性,縱然因 壓力而變形,亦可在外部壓力被除去之情形恢復原來 狀者。為滿足此項機械特性,一種規定多官能丙烯酸 體含量之樹脂組成物等被倡議(專利文獻6 )。 然而,此種間隔物除了被要求具有上述機械特性之 又被要求圖案精度及密合性。另一方面,在圖案精度 合性之提高為目的時,若僅單純使用上述之含不飽和 脂則無法形成具有適於間隔物之機械特性之樹脂組成 再者,由於所要求之機械特性中,有一加壓步驟時之 形量大,即柔軟間隔物之要求,而為此僅使用上述之 飽和基樹脂時,雖然可形成單純柔軟之間隔物,但除 部壓力後之恢復不充分,加壓前後之變形大,即非為 上可财用之物。 [專利文獻1 ] 曰本專利特開平5 - 2 0 4 1 5 0號公報 [專利文獻2 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 0 _ 1 4 7 7 6 7號公報 [專利文獻3 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 1 - 2 2 8 6 1 1號公報 [專利文獻4 ] 曰本專利特開平4 - 3 5 5 4 5 0號公報 [專利文獻5 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 6 2 1號公報 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 10 環境 外部 之形 酯單 外, 及密 基樹 物。 總變 含不 去外 實用 1297694 [專利文獻6 ] 日本專利特開2 0 0 2 _ 1 7 4 8 1 2號公報 【發明内容】 本發明係鑒於前述習知技術之實情所創案之發明,因 此,本發明之目的在於提供一種具有高感度之同時,對被 加工基板之密合性以及其耐熱性上均優異之硬化性組成 物,係尤其適於在阻焊層用途上被使用且適於在利用雷射 光之直接描晝上被使用之硬化性組成物。 再者,本發明之另一目的在於提供解決了上述課題之被 使用於液晶顯示裝置等之液晶面板中,在彩色濾光片之晝 像形成用途上、黑色基體用途上、外敷層用途上、肋條用 途上、以及間隔物用途上被使用之硬化性組成物者。 本案發明人等關於上述課題潛心研究結果發現,使硬化 性組成物含有特定(尤其具有碳原子數 5以上之含乙烯性 不飽和基之羰氧基為特徵)之含不飽和基之化合物時,藉此 有可能達成上述目的之事實,於是完成本發明。即,本發 明之要旨為如下所述。 1 .含有下述通式(I )所示之化合物之硬化性組成物1297694 IX. Description of the Invention: TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to a curable composition using light or heat, and more particularly to a printed wiring board, a liquid crystal display element, an electric display device, and a large-scale product. Fields such as bulk circuits, thin transistors, semiconductor packages, color filters, and organic electric field illuminating mechanisms are useful in the formation of solder masks, overlay films, and insulating coatings for various electronic components, especially in the use of Directly depicting the sclerosing composition suitable for use. Furthermore, the present invention relates to a liquid crystal panel used in a liquid crystal display device or the like to serve as a hardening composition for a color filter, a black substrate, an overcoat layer, a rib, and a spacer, and to use the curable composition. A cured product formed of a substance, and a color filter or a liquid crystal display device having the cured product. [Prior Art] In the past, for example, when a printed wiring board is used to apply soldering to an electronic component, it is required to prevent the solder from adhering to the portion that does not need to be soldered, and to prevent the direct exposure of the circuit to the air. A method of providing a solder resist layer on a surface other than the soldered portion of the circuit conductor is applied. A photolithography method using a photosensitive image forming material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an image forming material (A)) or the like is widely used for the formation of the solder resist layer. The image forming material (A) is a dry film resist material obtained by forming a photosensitive composition layer on a temporary supporting film and covering the surface of the photosensitive composition layer with a coating film. 6 326\Patent Specification (Refill)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Photolithography is performed in the following order. First, the coating film of the image forming material (A) is peeled off and laminated on the substrate to be processed to form a photosensitive image forming material (hereinafter sometimes referred to as an image forming material (B)). The image forming material (B) may be directly applied onto a substrate to be processed by a coating liquid of a photosensitive composition, dried to form a photosensitive composition layer, and covered with a protective layer as necessary. The method of constituting the surface of the layer is prepared. Next, the photosensitive composition layer of the image forming material (B) on the substrate to be processed is subjected to imagewise exposure by a photomask film having a circuit pattern. Then, the temporary supporting film or the protective layer is peeled off, and the difference in solubility between the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion to the developing solution is subjected to development processing to form a photoresist image corresponding to the circuit pattern. Then, under this photoresist image as a photoresist, a soldering process or the like is applied to the substrate to be processed, whereby the circuit pattern drawn on the photomask film is formed on the substrate. On the other hand, there has recently been a laser direct tracing method in which laser light is used as an exposure light source, thereby not using a photomask film, and a digital image is directly formed from a digital information such as a computer, since not only can the production be sought The improvement of sex can also be solved by improving the image and positional accuracy, and accordingly, photolithography technology is also actively studying the use of laser light. Secondly, as a laser light source, various light sources from the ultraviolet to the infrared field are known. However, regarding the laser light source usable for the exposure of the image, the argon ion is based on the viewpoints of output, stability, photosensitivity, and cost. Lasers, krypton lasers, YAG lasers, and semiconductor lasers, etc., which emit light visible to the infrared field, are the mainstays, such as ion lasers with a wavelength of 488 nm and wavelengths of 5 3 2 nm. The FD-YAG laser photolithography method has reached 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 into practical use. Furthermore, due to the significant advances in laser technology in recent years, semiconductor lasers that are stable in the blue-violet field have also become available. However, the conventional photosensitive composition in the case of using the direct drawing method of laser light does not necessarily mean that the sensitivity is sufficient, especially in the case of a blue-violet semiconductor laser, its output is lower than other visible fields, and therefore, the corresponding sensitivity. The sensitivity and the developability of the composition are not only in the direct tracing method, but also in the photolithography method, and the level of practicality has not yet reached the current reality. Therefore, there is a great need for materials for solder masks that are likely to achieve laser exposure. On the other hand, as a solder resist layer for a printed wiring board, a liquid photoresist ink is used as a liquid photoresist ink, for example, in view of high precision, high density, environmental considerations, and the like. A photocurable photoresist ink (a reaction product containing an epoxy resin, a reaction product of a /3 -unsaturated monocarboxylic acid adduct and a dicarboxylic acid anhydride, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator) is known. . Further, a photosensitive composition is known which is improved in sensitivity and developability of a photocurable photosensitive composition which is used in a plating resist layer, a photoresist layer or a solder resist layer, and is formed of the composition. An alkali-soluble modified epoxy acrylate having an addition of a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof to an epoxy resin α, a cold-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid addition product, for the purpose of improving the durability of the ruthenium or the like In the case of an ester resin, the composition is a dry film photoresist material, which is laminated on a substrate, or a coating liquid of the composition is applied onto a substrate to be dried, and a photosensitive composition is thus formed. The image forming method for forming a photoresist for a resist of a material layer by exposure to a high-pressure mercury lamp or a visible laser or an infrared laser to perform development processing (for example, refer to Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2, and Patent No. 8 326) (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 Li document 3) and so on. In addition, a solder resist resin composition is also known, and a reaction product of a bis(hydroxyphenyl) fluorene type epoxy resin and a (fluorenyl) acrylic acid is further used together with a polycarboxylic acid for the purpose of improving solder heat resistance. The modified epoxy acrylate resin obtained by the reaction of the anhydride thereof (for example, refer to Patent Document 4). However, the photohardenable composition described in these documents has room for improvement in sensitivity, and is dense with the substrate to be processed, especially when it is in a high temperature state as a solder resist layer or the like. Inferiority. In the field of liquid crystal display devices and the like, when a color filter for a liquid crystal panel, a black substrate, an overcoat layer, ribs, and spacers are formed, a resin, a photopolymerizable monomer, and photopolymerization are always used. a resin composition composed of a reagent or the like. In the viewpoint of developability, pattern accuracy, adhesion, and the like, various compositions have been proposed, and one of them proposes to disclose a short period of formation and an increase in productivity in the formation step. Next, as the resin contained in the above resin composition, a technique of containing an unsaturated group-containing resin obtained by further reacting a reaction product of an epoxy resin and an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof with a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof is used ( Patent Document 5). On the other hand, the resin composition for a liquid crystal panel is sometimes required to have high hardenability or excellent mechanical properties. For example, in the present specification, the "spacer" is a resin composition which is formed of a resin composition and is a so-called "column spacer" or "photosensitive spacer". The user is separated by a certain interval. Because of the pressure step of the color filter and the substrate under high temperature and high pressure when manufacturing the liquid crystal panel, the spacer is required to be deformed before and after pressurization. 9 326\Patent Specification (Repair ) \94-03\93134393 1297694 Less, while maintaining the physical properties of the spacer function. That is, the resin composition for the spacer which is actually used has a mechanical property, and even if it is deformed by pressure, it can be restored to the original state when the external pressure is removed. In order to satisfy this mechanical property, a resin composition or the like which defines a polyfunctional acrylate content is proposed (Patent Document 6). However, such spacers are required to have pattern accuracy and adhesion in addition to being required to have the above mechanical properties. On the other hand, in the case of improving the accuracy of the pattern precision, if only the above-mentioned unsaturated fat is used, the resin composition having the mechanical properties suitable for the spacer cannot be formed, and the mechanical properties required are In the case of a pressurizing step, the shape is large, that is, the requirement of a soft spacer. However, when only the above-mentioned saturated base resin is used, although a simple soft spacer can be formed, the recovery after the partial pressure is insufficient, and the pressurization is insufficient. The deformation before and after is large, that is, it is not a wealthy thing. [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 5 - 2 0 4 1 0 0 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 2 0 0 _ 1 4 7 7 6 7 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Publication No. 4 - 3 5 5 4 5 0 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 6 2 Bulletin 326\Patent Specification (Replenishment)\94-03\93134393 10 Externally shaped esters outside the environment, and dense base trees. The present invention is based on the facts of the prior art described above, and therefore the invention is based on the facts of the prior art. An object of the present invention is to provide a curable composition which is excellent in adhesion to a substrate to be processed and heat resistance, and which is particularly suitable for use in a solder resist layer and is suitable for use. A curable composition that is used in direct scanning using laser light. Further, another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal panel for use in a liquid crystal display device or the like which solves the above problems, and for use in color image forming of a color filter, use of a black substrate, and use of an overcoat layer. For the use of ribs and for the use of sclerosing compositions for use in spacers. As a result of intensive research on the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention have found that when the curable composition contains a compound containing an unsaturated group (particularly, a carbonyloxy group having an ethylenically unsaturated group having 5 or more carbon atoms), The fact that it is possible to achieve the above object is thus completed. That is, the gist of the present invention is as follows. A curable composition containing a compound represented by the following formula (I)
[式(I)中,R1表示可具有取代基之伸烷基,或可具有取代 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 11 1297694 基之伸芳基,η為0〜10之整數,4個苯環亦可進一步具有 取代基,R2表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上之含乙烯 性不飽和基之羰氧基,R3、R4各自獨立表示任選之取代基]。 2.關於使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試,以可形成總變 形量為1.35//m以上及/或負載時之位移為0.25//Π1時之載 重N為0 . 5 0 g f以下,且彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復 率為8 0 %以上之硬化物為特徵之硬化性組成物。 3 .以可形成底面截面積為2 5 // in2以下且彈性復原率為5 0 % 以上及/或恢復率為 8 5 %以上之硬化物為特徵之硬化性組 成物。 4. 由使用前述1或2記載之硬化性組成物而形成之硬化物。 5. 具有前述4記載之硬化物之彩色濾光片。 6. 具有前述4記載之硬化物之液晶顯示裝置。 本發明可提供一種具有高感度之同時,對基板之密合性 以及其耐熱性上均優異之硬化性組成物,係尤其適於在阻 焊層用途上被使用且適於在利用雷射光之直接描晝上被使 用之硬化性組成物。 再者,依照本發明,可提供一種具有高硬化性及優異機 械特性之被使用於液晶顯示裝置等之液晶面板中以充當彩 色濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋條、以及間隔物用之硬 化性組成物。 【實施方式】 以下詳細說明本發明。又按,以下之記載為本發明之實 施態樣之一例,本發明只要不超過其要旨,則未被規定於 12 326\專利說明補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 該記載之内容。 [1 ]硬化性組成物 本發明之硬化性組成物係以含有(A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化 合物及/或(A - 2 )具有參苯酚曱烷構造之化合物{以下有時 合併稱為(A )成分丨為特徵。再者,較佳的是,進一步含有 (B )光聚合引發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑,以及(C)乙烯性不飽 和彳匕合物。 再者,本發明之硬化性組成物在阻焊層用途上、外敷層 用途上、肋條用途上、或間隔物途上被使用之情形,進一 步含有(D )環氧化合物、(E )環氧硬化劑、(F )胺化合物、(Η ) 無機填充劑亦可。再者,本發明之硬化性組成物在彩色濾 光片用途上或黑色基體用途上被使用之情形,較佳的是, 進一步含有(L )色材及(Μ )分散劑及/或分散助劑。 再者,在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於雷射直接描晝 法之情形,較佳的是,進一步含有(J )增感色素。 再者,作為其他構成要件,進一步可舉出(G)聚合加速 劑、(I )界面活性劑、(Κ )其他之鹼可溶性樹脂、(Ν )其他添 加劑等。 或者,本發明之硬化性組成物係關於使用後述之微小硬 度計之負載-除負載測試,以可形成總變形量為 1 . 3 5 // m 以上及/或負載時之位移為0.25//m時之載重N為0.50gf 以下,且彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為8 0 %以上之 硬化物為其特徵。 或者,本發明之硬化性組成物係以可形成如後述之底面 13 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 截面積為 2 5 // m2以下,且彈性復原率為 5 0 %以上及/或恢 復率為8 5 %以上之硬化物為其特徵。 以下,說明關於本發明之硬化性組成物之各構成要件。 [1 - 1 ] ( A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化合物 本發明之硬化性組成物係以含有通式(I )所示之化合物 (A - 1 )為其特徵:[In the formula (I), R1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or may have a substituted aryl group of the substituent 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 11 1297694, and η is 0 to 10 In addition, the four benzene rings may further have a substituent, and R2 represents a carbonyloxy group having an ethylenically unsaturated group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R3 and R4 each independently represent an optional substituent. 2. Regarding the load using a micro hardness tester - except for the load test, the load N which can form a total deformation amount of 1.35 / / m or more and / or the load when the displacement is 0.25 / / Π 1 is 0. 5 0 gf or less, A cured composition characterized by a cured product having an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and/or a recovery rate of 80% or more. 3. A sclerosing composition characterized by a cured product having a bottom cross-sectional area of 2 5 // in 2 or less and an elastic recovery ratio of 50% or more and/or a recovery ratio of 85 % or more. 4. A cured product formed by using the curable composition described in the above 1 or 2. 5. A color filter having the cured product described in the above 4. 6. A liquid crystal display device comprising the cured product according to the above item 4. The present invention can provide a curable composition which has high sensitivity and excellent adhesion to a substrate and heat resistance thereof, and is particularly suitable for use in a solder resist application and is suitable for use in laser light. Directly trace the hardened composition used. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal panel for use in a liquid crystal display device or the like which has high hardenability and excellent mechanical properties to serve as a color filter, a black substrate, an overcoat layer, a rib, and a spacer. A hardening composition. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. Further, the following description is an example of the embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the contents of the description as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention, and is not limited to 12 326\Patent Description Supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694. [1] Curable composition The curable composition of the present invention is a compound containing (A - 1 ) a compound represented by the formula (I) and/or (A - 2 ) having a phenol decane structure. The time combination is called (A) component 丨 as a feature. Further, it is preferable to further contain (B) a photopolymerization initiator and/or a thermal polymerization initiator, and (C) an ethylenically unsaturated conjugate. Further, the curable composition of the present invention further contains (D) epoxy compound, (E) epoxy hardening in the case of the use of the solder resist layer, the use of the overcoat layer, the use of the rib, or the spacer. The agent, the (F) amine compound, and the (Η) inorganic filler may also be used. Further, in the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used for a color filter or a black matrix, it is preferred to further contain (L) a color material and (Μ) a dispersing agent and/or a dispersion aid. Agent. Further, in the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used in the direct laser scanning method, it is preferable to further contain (J) a sensitizing dye. Further, as other constituent elements, (G) a polymerization accelerator, (I) a surfactant, (other) other alkali-soluble resin, and other additives may be mentioned. Alternatively, the curable composition of the present invention is a load-to-load test using a microhardness tester described later so as to form a total deformation amount of 1. 3 5 // m or more and/or a displacement of 0.25// under load. The weight N at a time of m is 0.50 gf or less, and the cured product having an elastic recovery rate of 50% or more and/or a recovery rate of 80% or more is characterized. Alternatively, the curable composition of the present invention can be formed into a bottom surface 13 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 having a cross-sectional area of 2 5 // m 2 or less and an elastic recovery rate of 5 0. A cured product having a % or more and/or a recovery rate of 85% or more is characterized. Hereinafter, each constituent element of the curable composition of the present invention will be described. [1 - 1 ] (A-1) Compound represented by the formula (I) The curable composition of the present invention is characterized by containing the compound (A-1) represented by the formula (I):
[式(I)中,R1表示可具有取代基之伸烷基,或可具有取代 基之伸芳基,R2表示可具有取代基之碳原子數5以上之含 乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧基,R3、R4各自獨立表示任選之取 代基,η為0〜1 0之整數,4個苯環亦可進一步具有取代基]。 在此,R 1之伸烷基係以碳原子數1〜5之伸烷基較佳,而 以亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基進一步較佳,再者, 伸芳基係以碳原子數6〜1 0之伸芳基較佳,而以伸苯基進一 步較佳。尤其在本發明以伸烧基較佳。再者,作為此等伸 烷基、伸芳基之取代基,例如可舉出碳原子數1〜1 5之烷基 等。再者,η為0〜10之整數,以0〜5較佳,而以0〜3進一 步較佳。若η在上述範圍外,則在硬化性組成物成為硬化 物之際,在顯影時發生晝像部之膜厚減少等,或耐熱性之 降低。 14 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 為R1之「可具有之」取代基,例如可舉出氫 原子、羥基、碳原子數1〜1 0之烷基、碳原子I 基、苯基、羧基、磺胺基、膦基、胺基、硝基 關於 R2之可具有取代基之含乙烯性不飽 基,其碳原子數若為5以上即可,上限並未特另> 不過以5 0較佳,而以3 0進一步較佳。在本發 組成物被使用於阻焊層用途之情形,該碳原子 以2 0進一步較佳,而以1 5特別合適。 再者,R2之含乙烯性不飽和基之羰氧基為下 所示之基時進一步較佳。[In the formula (I), R1 represents an alkylene group which may have a substituent, or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent, and R2 represents a carbonyloxy group having an ethylenically unsaturated group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The group, R3 and R4 each independently represent an optional substituent, η is an integer of 0 to 10, and the four benzene rings may further have a substituent]. Here, the alkyl group of R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. Further, The base is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a phenyl group. In particular, in the present invention, a stretched base is preferred. In addition, examples of the substituent of the alkylene group and the aryl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Further, η is an integer of 0 to 10, preferably 0 to 5, and further preferably 0 to 3. When η is outside the above range, when the curable composition becomes a cured product, the film thickness of the image-forming portion is reduced during development or the heat resistance is lowered. 14 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 is a "may have" substituent of R1, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom I. The ethylenic unsaturated group which may have a substituent with respect to R2, the phenyl group, the carboxyl group, the sulfonyl group, the phosphino group, the aryl group, the nitro group, and the number of carbon atoms may be 5 or more, and the upper limit is not particularly However, it is preferably 50, and further preferably 30. In the case where the composition of the present invention is used for the use of a solder resist layer, the carbon atom is further preferably 20, and 15 is particularly suitable. Further, it is further preferred that the carbonyloxy group having an ethylenically unsaturated group of R2 is a group shown below.
R9 C (Π) R8 [式(II)中,R7、R8、R9各自獨立表示氫原子或 任選之 2價基,式中*表示通式(I)所示化合〗 R2之鍵結] 又按,較佳的是,Y1表示含有可具有取代基 /及可具有取代基之伸芳基暨羰氧基之2價基 進一步較佳的是,Y1表示含有可具有取代基 1〜1 0之伸烷基或/及可具有取代基之碳原子數 基暨羰氧基之2價基。 R3最好表示下式(Ilia)所示之取代基,以及 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 15 原子、函素 t 2〜1 0之烯 等。 f口基之羰氧 受到限制, 明之硬化性 數之上限係 述通式(I I ) 曱基,Y1為 ί勿之_ C Η 2 -與 之伸烷基或 ) 之破原子數 卜1 0之伸芳 (I I I b )所示 1297694 之取代基。R9 C (Π) R8 [In the formula (II), R7, R8 and R9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optional divalent group, wherein * represents a bond of the formula (I), and a bond of R2] Preferably, Y1 represents a divalent group containing a aryl group and a carbonyloxy group which may have a substituent/and may have a substituent. Further preferably, Y1 represents a group which may have a substituent of 1 to 10 An alkyl group or/and a carbon atom group having a substituent and a valent group of a carbonyloxy group. R3 preferably represents a substituent represented by the following formula (Ilia), and 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 15 atom, alkene t 2~1 0 olefin, and the like. The carbonyl oxygen of the f-portion is restricted, and the upper limit of the hardening property is expressed by the general formula (II) sulfhydryl group, Y1 is ί _ _ C Η 2 - and the alkyl group or the number of broken atoms is 1 Substituent of 1297694 shown in aryl (III b ).
[式(Ilia)中,R51表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代 基之烯基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取代基之環烯 基或可具有取代基之芳基]。 在此,R51之烷基係以具有碳原子數1 ~20者較佳,R51之 烯基係以具有碳原子數2〜20者較佳,R51之環烷基係以具 有碳原子數3〜20者較佳,R51之環烯基係以具有碳原子數 3〜2 0者較佳,R51之芳基係以具有碳原子數6〜2 0者較佳。 •為R51之各取代基「可具有之取代基」,例如可舉出氫原 子、齒素原子、羥基、碳原子數 1〜1 0之烷基、碳原子數 2〜10之烯基、苯基、羧基、羰基、磺胺基、膦基、胺基、 硝基等。其中以具有羧基者較佳。 〇 II H (fflb) 一 C — N — R52 [式(Illb)中,R52表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代 基之烯基、可具有取代基之環烷基、可具有取代基之環烯 基或可具有取代基之芳基]。 在此,R5 2之烷基係以具有碳原子數1〜2 0者較佳,R5 2之 烯基係以具有碳原子數2〜2 0者較佳,R5 2之環烷基係以具 有碳原子數3〜2 0者較佳,R52之環烯基係以具有碳原子數 16 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 3〜20者較佳,R52之芳基係以具有碳原子數6〜20者較佳 為R52之各取代基「可具有之取代基」,例如可舉出氫 子、鹵素原子、羥基、碳原子數 1〜1 0之烷基、碳原子 2〜10之烯基、苯基、羧基、羰基、磺胺基、膦基、胺基 硝基等。 為R4所示之取代基,並未特別受到限制,而例如可舉 下述通式(IV)所示之取代基。 R2 —CH2 — CH—CH2— (OR1) η 一氺[In the formula (Ilia), R51 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkenyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent ]. Here, the alkyl group of R51 is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, the alkenyl group of R51 is preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, and the cycloalkyl group of R51 has a carbon number of 3~. Preferably, the cycloalkenyl group of R51 is preferably a carbon atom having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the aryl group of R51 is preferably a carbon number of 6 to 2 0. • a substituent which may be a substituent of R51, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom, a dentate atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and benzene. Base, carboxyl group, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, phosphino group, amine group, nitro group and the like. Among them, those having a carboxyl group are preferred. 〇II H (fflb) - C - N - R52 [In the formula (Illb), R52 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent a cycloalkenyl group or an aryl group which may have a substituent]. Here, the alkyl group of R5 2 is preferably one having a carbon number of 1 to 2 0, the alkenyl group having R 5 2 is preferably a carbon number of 2 to 2 0, and the cycloalkyl group of R 5 2 is having The number of carbon atoms is preferably from 3 to 2, and the cycloalkenyl group of R52 is preferably one having a carbon number of 16 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 3 to 20, and an aryl group of R52. The substituent "may have a substituent" which is preferably a substituent having a carbon number of from 6 to 20, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom. 2 to 10 alkenyl group, phenyl group, carboxyl group, carbonyl group, sulfonyl group, phosphino group, amine nitro group and the like. The substituent represented by R4 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a substituent represented by the following formula (IV). R2 —CH2 — CH—CH2—(OR1) η 一氺
I 〇 αν) ι R3 [式(IV)中,R1、R2、R3以及η之定義係與通式(I)所界 者相同,式(IV)中之*表示通式(I)所示化合物之-0 -與 之鍵結] 作為通式(I )中之苯環之取代基,例如可舉出碳原子 卜1 5之烷基、碳原子數1〜1 5之烷氧基、碳原子數2〜1 5 醯基、碳原子數6〜1 4之芳基、羧基、羥基、碳原子數2〜 之烷氧羰基、鹵素原子等,其中以碳原子數1〜5之烷基 苯基、ώ素原子進一步較佳。 為通式(I )所示之化合物,係具有其構造者即可,在製 方法上並未特別受到限制,例如可舉出由下述通式(V)所 之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物所得到之化合物,更具體 言,可舉出以通式(V )所示之化合物為原料,使之形成碳 子數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基,然後與選自多 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 17 原 數 出 定 R4 數 之 16 Λ 造 示 而 原 元 1297694 叛酸暨其酸酐及含異氰酸S旨基化合物之一種以上之化合物 起反應而得到之化合物。I 〇αν) ι R3 [In the formula (IV), the definitions of R1, R2, R3 and η are the same as those of the formula (I), and * in the formula (IV) represents the compound of the formula (I) -0 - bonded thereto] As a substituent of the benzene ring in the formula (I), for example, an alkyl group of a carbon atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom are mentioned. a phenyl group having 2 to 15 fluorenyl groups, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or the like, wherein the alkylphenyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms The halogen atom is further preferred. The compound represented by the formula (I) may have a structure, and is not particularly limited in the production method, and examples thereof include a bis(hydroxyphenyl) fluorene type represented by the following formula (V). The compound obtained by the epoxy compound, more specifically, a compound represented by the formula (V) is used as a raw material to form an ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and then selected. Since the 326\ patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 17 the original number of R4 is 16 Λ and the original 1297694 is more than one of the acid and the isocyanate-containing compound. A compound obtained by reacting a compound.
[式(V)中,關於R1、η、4個苯環之進一步可具有之取代基, 其定義均與式(I)所界定者相同,R5之定義與式(I)之 R1 相同]。 作為形成此等由前述式(V)所示之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化 合物之雙(羥苯)葬,例如可舉出 9,9 -雙(4 ’ _羥苯)苐、 9,9 -雙(4, 一經-3, 一曱苯)苐、9,9 一雙(4,-魏-3, ,5, 一 二曱苯)葬、9,9 -雙(4’ -羥-3’ _曱氧苯)苐、9, 9 -雙(4’ - 羥-3 ’ -氟苯)苐、9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥_ 3 ’ -氯苯)苐、9,9 -雙 (4’ _ 羥-3’ ,5’ -二氯苯)苐、9, 9-雙(4’ -羥-3’ -溴苯) 苐、9, 9-雙(4’ -羥-3’ ,5’ -二溴苯)荞等。將此等雙(羥 苯)爇型環氧化合物單獨或二種以上一起使用均可。 再者,由前述通式(V)所示之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物形 成之含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基,其碳原子數為 5以上的 話,則在上限並未特別受到限制,不過以 5 0較佳,而以 2 0進一步較佳。在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於阻焊層 用途之情形,該碳原子數之上限係以2 0進一步較佳,而以 1 5特別合適。若該碳原子數少於上述範圍,則在硬化性組 成物成為硬化物之際,造成柔軟性不足,使其對基板之密 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 18 1297694 合性低劣化,另若碳原子數太多,則耐熱性會降低。 此等含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基最好能為下述通式(II )所 示之基0[In the formula (V), further substituents which may be possessed by R1, η, and 4 benzene rings have the same definitions as those defined in the formula (I), and R5 has the same definition as R1 of the formula (I)]. As the bis(hydroxybenzene) burial which forms the bis(hydroxyphenyl)fluorene type epoxy compound represented by the above formula (V), for example, 9,9-bis(4'-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene, 9 , 9-double (4, one-by-3, one benzene) 苐, 9,9 one pair (4,-wei-3, ,5, dioxin) burial, 9,9-double (4'-hydroxy -3' _Oxaphthalene), 9,9-bis(4'-hydroxy-3'-fluorobenzene) fluorene, 9,9-bis(4'-hydroxy-3'-chlorobenzene) fluorene, 9, 9-bis(4' _hydroxy-3',5'-dichlorobenzene) fluorene, 9,9-bis(4'-hydroxy-3'-bromobenzene) fluorene, 9,9-bis (4'-hydroxyl -3',5'-dibromophenyl)anthracene and the like. These bis(hydroxyphenyl)fluorene type epoxy compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, when the ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy group formed of the bis(hydroxyphenyl)fluorene type epoxy compound represented by the above formula (V) has a carbon number of 5 or more, the upper limit is not particularly It is limited, but it is preferably 50, and further preferably 20. In the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used for the use of the solder resist layer, the upper limit of the number of carbon atoms is further preferably 20, and particularly preferably 15 . When the number of carbon atoms is less than the above range, when the curable composition becomes a cured product, the flexibility is insufficient, so that the substrate is densely 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 18 1297694 The property is low in deterioration, and if the number of carbon atoms is too large, the heat resistance is lowered. The ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (II).
R8 [式(II)中,R7、R8、R9表示氫原子或曱基,Y1為任選之2 價基,式中*表示對於由雙(羥苯)葬型環氧化合物之環氧基 之開環所產生之亞曱基形成之鍵結] 在此,上述通式(I I )所示之含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基, 主要係在前述通式(V)所示之化合物為原料之下進行反應 之結果所形成的話,則在其形成方法上並未受到限制。作 為其形成方法,具體可舉出,對於前述通式(V)所示之化合 物,使含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類起反應之方法,或首先使 未含乙烯性不飽和基之羧酸類起反應後,利用後續之反應 來形成等之方法。 作為該含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類,例如可舉出,(曱基) 丙烯酸[又按,在本發明中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」意指「丙烯 酸」或/及「曱基丙烯酸」]與内酯或聚内酯之反應產物, 由飽和或不飽和二羧酸酐(如丁二酸酐、己二酸酐、順丁烯 二酸酐、反丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、曱基四 氫酞酸酐、六氫酞酸酐、曱基六氫酞酸酐、甲基及亞曱基 四氫酞酸酐、酞酸酐等)與(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物進行反應所 19 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 得之半酯類,其中,該(曱基)丙烯酸酯衍生物係於(曱基) 丙烯酸酯[如(曱基)丙烯酸羥乙S旨、(曱基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸羥丁酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三 醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 季戊四醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二(季戊四醇)五(曱基)丙烯酸酯等]等之在一分子中具 有1個以上之羥基者,由如前述之飽和或不飽和二羧酸酐 與如苯縮水甘油醚、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、3,4 -(甲基) 丙烯酸環氧環己基曱酯、8,9 -(曱基)丙烯酸環氧[雙環 [4 . 3 · 0 ]壬-3 -基]酯、8,9 -(曱基)丙烯酸環氧[雙環[4 · 3 · 0 ] 壬-3 -基]氧曱酯等之含不飽和基縮水甘油化合物進行反應 所得之半酯類等。其中以丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、四氫 酞酸酐、酞酸酐等與(甲基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸羥丁酯、季戊四醇三(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、二(季戊四醇)五(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行反應所得之半酯 類特別合適。將此等化合物單獨或二種以上一起使用均可。 再者,作為上述未含乙烯性不飽和基之羧酸類可舉出, 如乳酸、二羥丙酸等含羥基羧酸及其酸酐,如丁二酸、順 丁烯二酸、四氫酞酸、酞酸、酒石酸等之飽和或不飽和二 羧酸及其酸酐。繼之,使具有對所產生之羥基或羧基有反 應性之官能基之化合物起反應,以形成碳原子數5以上之 含乙烯性不飽和基羰氧基。在此,具有對羥基或羧基有反 應性之官能基之化合物係以具有環氧基、羧基、異氰酸酯 基之化合物較佳,為此具體可舉出如前述之含乙烯性不飽 20 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 和基羧酸類、前述之含不飽和基縮水甘油化合物等含乙烯 性不飽和基化合物,但並未受到此等化合物之限制。 再者,關於前述通式(v)所示之雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物 在被用作原料之下形成碳原子數5以上之含乙烯性不飽和 基羰氧基後,進一步起反應之對象即多元羧酸或其酸酐, 可舉出,飽和或不飽和二羧酸(如丁二酸、順丁烯二酸、衣 康酸、四氫酞酸、曱基四氫酞酸、六氫酞酸、甲基六氫酞 酸、曱基及亞曱基四氫酞酸、酞酸等)及其酸酐,偏苯三甲 酸及其酸酐,以及可取代之脂肪族或芳香族四羧酸(如 1,2,4,5 _苯四甲酸、二苯基酮四羧酸、聯苯四羧酸、聯苯 醚四羧酸、丁烷四羧酸等)及其酸酐等。其中以四氫酞酸、 酞酸等之二羧酸及其酸酐,偏苯三甲酸及其酸酐,1,2, 4, 5-苯四曱酸、聯苯四羧酸、丁烷四羧酸等之四羧酸及其酸二 酐等,由於所得之硬化性組成物在鹼顯影時之非晝像部溶 解去除性優異而較佳,尤其以四氫酞酸、酞酸等之二羧酸 及其酸酐,偏苯三甲酸及其酸酐等之3價或更低之羧酸及 其酸酐特別合適。 再者,作為前述含異氰酸酯基化合物可舉出,如異氰酸 丁酯、3 -異氰酸氯苯酯、異氰酸環己酯、3 -異氰酸異丙烯 醯-α , α -二曱苄酯等之有機單異氰酸酯,如對-伸苯二異 氰酸酯、2, 4 -甲苯基二異氰酸酯、2,6 _曱苯基二異氰酸酯、 4, 4’ -二苯曱烷二異氰酸酯、萘-1,5 -二異氰酸酯、聯曱苯 胺異氰酸酯等之芳香族二異氰酸酯,如六亞曱二異氰酸 酯、2, 4, 4 -三曱六亞曱二異氰酸酯、二聚脂肪酸二異氰酸 21 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694 酯等之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,如異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、4 , 二亞甲雙(異氰酸環己酯)、ω,ω ’ -二異氰酸酯二曱 烷等之脂環族二異氰酸酯,如亞二曱苯基二異氰酸酯 α,α’ , a 1 -四曱亞二曱苯基二異氰酸酯等之具有 環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,如三異氰酸離胺酸酯、1 , 6 Η--烷三異氰酸酯、1,8 -二異氰酸酯-4 -異氰酸酯曱 烷、1,3,6 -六亞曱三異氰酸酯、雙環庚烷三異氰酸酯、$ 氰酸酯苯基甲烷)、參(異氰酸酯苯基)硫磷酸酯等之三 酸醋,及其三聚物、水加成物、以及其多元醇加成物 其中以有機二異氰酸酯之二聚物、三聚物較佳,而以 基二異氰酸酯之三(羥甲)丙烷加成物、曱苯基二異氰 之三聚物、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯之三聚物最合適。將 化合物單獨或二種以上一起使用均可。 又按,為本發明之通式(I )所示化合物,最好能具有 30〜150mg· KOH/g,以 40〜100mg· KOH/g 進一步較佳。再 其依照膠透層析法之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量 能為1,0 0 0〜1 0 0,0 0 0,以1,5 0 0〜1 0,0 0 0進一步較佳。 再者,為本發明之通式(I )所示化合物之具體合成方 可舉出,例如利用前述專利文獻4等所載之迄今習知 法,具體而言,使前述雙(羥苯)苐型環氧化合物懸浮 溶解於甲基乙基酮、2_乙氧乙醇乙酸乙酯、2 -乙氧乙 酸乙酯等之有機溶劑中,對此在三級胺類(如三乙胺、 曱胺、三苄胺等)或四級銨鹽類(如氯化四甲銨、氯化 三乙銨、氯化四乙銨、氯化四丁銨、氯化三曱苄胺等) 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 22 4,-環己 、a , 芳香 ,11-基辛 ^ (異 異氰 等。 曱苯 酸酯 此等 酸值 者, 最好 法, 之方 於或 醇丁 苄二 曱基 或磷 1297694 化合物(如三苯膦等)或脎類(如三苯脎等)等之觸媒之存在 下,且在氫醌、氫醌單曱醚、曱基氫醌等之熱聚合抑制劑 之共存下,相對於環氧化合物之環氧基之1化學當量,按 通常0 . 8〜1 · 5化學當量(以0 · 9〜1 · 1化學當量較佳)添加前 述含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類,在通常6 0〜1 5 0 °C (以8 0〜1 2 0 °C較佳)溫度下進行加成反應,繼之,相對於前述反應所產 生經基之1化學當量,按通常0.05〜1.0化學當量添加前述 多元羧酸或其酸酐,而在前述條件下繼續反應等之方法即 可製造。 [1 - 2 ]( A - 2 )具有參苯酚甲烷構造之樹脂 本發明之硬化性組成物若滿足後述[1 - 1 5 ]及/或[1 _ 1 6 ] 所載之物性條件,則除了含有[1 _ 1 ]所載之成分(A - 1 )之 外,或代替成分(A - 1 ),含有(A - 2 )具有參苯酚曱烷構造之 樹脂亦可。 作為本發明之具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂,若在其樹脂 構造中具有參苯酚甲烷構造的話,則未特別受到限制,例 如可舉出,對於由具有參苯酚曱烷構造之環氧樹脂與(曱基) 丙烯酸及其酸酐或與前述之含乙烯性不飽和基羧酸類進行 反應所得之產物,使前述之多元羧酸或其酸酐起反應所得 之樹脂為較佳之樹脂。 在此,作為具有參苯酚甲烷構造之樹脂,例如可舉出, 日本化藥公司所製造之「EPPN - 501H」、「EPPN-501HY」、 「 EPPN-502H」等。 再者,作為具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂,例如可舉出, 23 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 日本化藥公司所製造之「 TCR1025」、「 TCR1064」、「 TCR1286」 成分(A - 1 )及/或成分(A - 2 )充當本發明硬化性組成物之 構成要件者,其單位重量之雙鍵量係可用雙鍵當量即(雙鍵 當量)=(化合物之重量(g))/(化合物之含雙鍵mol數)來表 示,即單位重量之雙鍵愈多,雙鍵當量值愈小。在本發明 之硬化性組成物被使用於間隔物用途之情形,為了提高恢 復率及/或彈性復原率,(A )全體之雙鍵量係以5 5 0以下較 佳,以4 0 0以下進一步較佳,而以3 5 0以下最合適。 又按,本發明硬化性組成物全體之雙鍵量係以2 0 0以下 較佳,以1 6 0以下進一步較佳,而以1 5 0以下最合適。 將雙鍵當量根據具有乙烯性雙鍵之化合物在合成時之裝 料量,而依照上式計算亦可,或者在光阻等之複雜系中, 利用習知方法以測量溶液之雙鍵當量後,將光阻之固形分 濃度利用習知方法予以測量,而依照(雙鍵當量)=(光阻之 雙鍵當量)X (固形分濃度)算出亦可。 [1 - 3 ] ( B )光聚合引發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑 本發明之硬化性組成物亦可以進一步含有(B)光聚合引 發劑及/或熱聚合引發劑。成分(B)之光聚合引發劑係一種 活性化合物,在硬化性組成物受到活性光線之照射時產生 自由基、酸、或驗等之活性種,造成上述通式(I )所示化合 物之聚合,及依需要使用之後述成分(C)之乙烯性不飽和化 合物之聚合者,例如可舉出乙醯苯類、二苯基酮類、羥苯 類、硫杣酮類、蒽醌類、縮酮類、六芳基聯咪唑類、二茂 24 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 鈦類、鹵化烴衍生物類、有機硼酸鹽類、鏽鹽類、砜化合 物類、胺甲酸衍生物類、磺醯胺類、三芳基甲醇類等。 該乙醯苯類,例如可舉出2,2 -二乙氧乙醯苯、2,2 -二曱 氧-2_苯乙醯苯、1-羥-環己苯酮、1-羥-1_(對-十二基苯) 酮、1 -羥-1 -甲基乙基-(對-異丙苯)酮、1 -三氯甲-(對-丁 苯)酮、羥-2 -曱苯丙酮,以及後述之α-胺乙醯苯等, 再者,二苯基酮類,例如可舉出二苯基酮、2 -曱二苯基酮、 3 -曱二苯基酮、4 -曱二苯基酮、2 -羧二苯基酮、2 -氣二苯 基酮、4 -溴二苯基酮、米其勒酮等,再者,為羥苯類,例 如可舉出2 -羥-4 -正辛氧二苯基酮、2 -羥-4-苄二苯基酮、 2 -(2-經一5-甲苯)苯三σ坐、4一二第三丁苯一3, 5-二第三丁 一 4 一 羥苯甲酸酯等,再者,硫σ山酮類,例如可舉出硫秈酮、2-乙基硫秈酮、2 -異丙基硫鈾酮、2,4 _二曱基硫秈酮、2,4 _ 二乙基硫°山酮、2,4 -二異丙基硫秈酮、2 -氯-硫秈酮等,再 者,蒽醌類,例如可舉出2 -曱基蒽醌等,再者,縮酮類, 例如可舉出苄二曱縮酮等。 再者,該六芳基聯咪唑類,例如可舉出 2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯 苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四苯聯咪唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯 苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二氯苯)聯咪唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰, 對-二氯苯)-4,4 ’,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二氯苯)聯咪唑、 2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯苯)_ 4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ _四(對氟苯)聯咪唑、 2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二溴苯)聯咪 唑、2 , 2 ’ -雙(鄰溴苯)-4,4 ’ ,5,5 ’ -四(鄰,對-二氣苯) 聯咪唑、2,2 ’ -雙(鄰氯苯)-4,4 ’,5,5 ’ -四(對氯萘)聯咪 25 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 嗤等。其中以六苯聯13米哇化合物較佳,尤以苯環(鍵結於口来 唑環之 2,2 ’ -位者)之鄰位取代有i素原子者進一步較 佳,而以鍵結於咪唑環之-4,4 ’,5,5 ’位之苯環未具取代 基者或取代有鹵素原子或烧氧幾基者特別合適。 再者,該二茂鈦類,例如可舉出氯化二環戊二烯鈦、聯 苯二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 4 -二氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 6-二氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2,4,6 -三氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、 雙(2, 3, 5, 6 -四氟苯)二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2, 3, 4, 5, 6 -五氟苯) 二環戊二烯鈦、雙(2,6 -二氟苯)二(曱基環戊二烯)鈦、雙 (2,3, 4, 5, 6 -五氟苯)二(曱基環戊二烯)鈦、雙[2, 6 -二氟 - 3 - ( 1 _吡咯)苯]二環戊二烯鈦等。其中以具有二環戊二烯 構造及聯苯構造之鈦化合物較佳,而以聯苯環之鄰位取代 有鹵素原子者特別合適。 再者,該化烴衍生物類,可舉出鹵甲基化對稱三畊衍 生物類,例如可舉出2,4,6 -參(單氯甲)對稱三畊、2 , 4,6 -參(二氣曱)對稱三畊、2,4,6 -參(三氯甲)對稱三。井、2 -甲 基-4, 6-雙(三氯曱)對稱三崎、2 -正丙-4 ,6 -雙(三氣曱)對 稱三σ井、2-(α,α,/? _三氯乙)-4,6-雙(三氯曱)對稱三 口井、2 -苯基-4,6 -雙(三氯甲)對稱三崎、2 -(對-甲氧 苯)-4, 6-雙(三氣曱)對稱三畊、2-(3, 4-環氧苯)-4, 6-雙 (三氣甲)對稱三σ井、2 _(對-氯苯)-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三 口井、2-[1 -(對-曱氧苯)_2, 4-戊二烯]-4, 6-雙(三氯甲)對稱 三畊、2 -苯乙烯-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、2 -(對-甲氧苯 乙烯)-4 , 6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、2 -(對-甲氧-間-羥苯乙 26 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 烯)_ 4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三。井、2 -(對_異丙氧苯乙 烯)-4, 6-雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、2-(對-曱苯)-4, 6-雙(三氯 甲)對稱三畊、2 -(對-曱氧萘)- 4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三畊、 2 -(對-乙氧萘)-4,6 -雙(三氯甲)對稱三畊、2 _(對-乙氧羰 萘)-4,6 -雙(三氯曱)對稱三。井、2 -苯硫-4,6 -雙(三氣甲) 對稱三0井、2 -苄硫-4,6 -雙(三氯甲)對稱三畊、2,4,6 -參(二 溴甲)對稱三ϋ井、2,4,6 -參(三溴甲)對稱三。井、2 -曱基_ 4,6 -雙(三溴甲)對稱三畊、2 -甲氧_ 4,6 _雙(三溴甲)對稱三畊等 之鹵甲基化對稱三σ井衍生物類,其中以雙(三鹵曱)對稱三 °井類較佳。 再者,該有機硼酸鹽類,例如可舉出有機硼銨錯合物、 有機硼鐫錯合物、有機硼鏟錯合物、有機硼氧銃錯合物、 有機硼錤錯合物、有機硼過渡金屬配位錯合物等,其有機 硼陰離子,例如以正丁 -三苯硼陰離子、正丁-參(2, 4, 6-三曱苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(對-曱氧苯)硼陰離子、正丁 -參(對-氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(間-氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁 -參(3-氟-4-曱苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(2, 6-二氟苯)硼陰離 子、正丁-參(2, 4, 6-三氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參 (2,3, 4, 5, 6 -五氟苯)硼陰離子、正丁-參(對-氯苯)硼陰離 子、正丁-參(2,6 -二氟-3-吼°各苯)叾朋陰離子等之烧基_三苯 硼陰離子較佳,另為對陽離子,以銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、 锍陽離子、錤陽離子等之鏽化合物較佳,尤以四烷基銨等 之有機銨陽離子特別合適。 再者,該錯鹽類,例如可舉出,如溴化四曱銨、溴化四 27 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 乙銨等之銨鹽,如六氟砷酸二苯錤、四氟硼酸二苯錤、對-甲苯磺酸二苯鎖、樟腦磺酸二苯錤、六氟砷酸二環己錤、 四氟硼酸二環己錤、對-甲苯磺酸二環己鎖、樟腦磺酸二環 己錤等之錤鹽,如六氟砷酸三苯銥、四氟硼酸三苯銃、對-曱苯磺酸三苯銃、樟腦磺酸三苯銃、六氟砷酸三環己锍、 四氟硼酸三環己锍、對-甲苯磺酸三環己鏟、樟腦磺酸三環 己鏟等之鏟鹽等。 再者,該砜化合物類,例如可舉出,如雙(苯磺醯)曱烷、 雙(對-羥苯磺醯)曱烷、雙(對-甲氧苯磺醯)甲烷、雙(α -萘磺醯)甲烷、雙(yS -萘磺醯)曱烷、雙(環己磺醯)甲烷、 雙(第三丁磺醯)曱烷、苯磺醯(環己磺醯)甲烷等之雙(磺醯) 曱烷化合物,如苯羰(苯磺醯)曱烷、萘羰(苯磺醯)甲烷、 苯羰(萘磺醯)曱烷、環己羰(苯磺醯)曱烷、第三丁羰(苯磺 醯)曱烷、苯羰(環己磺醯)甲烷、苯羰(第三丁羰)甲烷等之 羰(磺醯)曱烷化合物,如雙(苯磺醯)重氮甲烷、雙(對-羥 苯磺醯)重氮甲烷、雙(對-甲氧苯磺醯)重氮甲烷、雙(α -萘磺醯)重氮曱烷、雙(点-萘磺醯)重氮甲烷、雙(環己磺醯) 重氮甲烷、雙(第三丁磺醯)重氮甲烷、苯磺醯(環己磺醯) 重氮曱烷等之雙(磺醯)重氮甲烷化合物,如苯羰(苯磺醯) 重氮甲烷、萘羰(苯磺醯)重氮曱烷、苯羰(萘磺醯)重氮甲 烷、環己羰(苯磺醯)重氮甲烷、第三丁羰(苯磺醯)重氮甲 烷、苯羰(環己磺醯)重氮曱烷、苯羰(第三丁羰)重氮甲烷 等之羰(磺醯)重氮曱烷化合物等。 再者,為該胺甲酸衍生物類,例如可舉出胺曱酸苯曱醯 28 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93】34393 1297694 環己酯、2 -硝苄胺甲酸環己酯、3,5 -二曱氧苄胺曱酸環己 酯、3 -硝苯胺曱酸環己酯等,再者,該磺醯胺類,例如可 舉出 N -環己-4-甲苯石黃酿胺、N -環己-2-萘石黃酸胺等,再 者,該三芳基甲醇類,例如可舉出三苯甲醇、三(4 _氯苯) 曱醇等。 再者,構成本發明硬化性組成物之成分(B )之熱聚合引發 劑係一種活性化合物,在硬化性組成物被加熱時產生自由 基等之活性種,造成上述通式(I )所示化合物之聚合,及依 需要使用之後述成分(C)之乙烯性不飽和化合物之聚合 者,該熱聚合引發劑,例如可舉出有機過氧化物類及偶氮 系4匕合物類。 作為該有機過氧化物類,例如可舉出,如過氧化曱基乙 基酮、過氧化甲基異丁基酮、過氧化乙醯丙酮、過氧化環 己酮、過氧化曱基環己酮、3,3, 5 -過氧化三曱環己酮等之 過氧化酮類,如過氧化異丁基、3,3,5 -過氧化三曱環己醯、 過氧化苯曱醯、過氧化鄰-甲基苯甲醯、過氧化間-氣苯曱 醯、2,4 -過氧化二氯苯曱醯、過氧化間-曱苯醯等之過氧化 二醯基類,如氫過氧化第三丁基、氫過氧化異丙苯、氫過 氧化二異丙苯、氫過氧化對-蓋、2, 5 -二氫過氧化 2, 5_二 曱基己烷、1,1,3, 3 -氫過氧化四甲基丁基、2 -氫過氧化 2, 4, 4-三曱基戊基等之氫過氧化物類,如過氧化二第三丁 基、過氧化第三丁異丙苯、過氧化二異丙苯、1,3(或1,4) -雙(第三丁過氧異丙)苯、2,5-二曱-2, 5-二(第三丁過氧) 己烷、2,5 -二甲-2 ,5 -二(第三丁過氧)己炔-3等之過氧化 29 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 二烷基類,如 1,1-雙(第三丁過氧)環己烷、1,1-雙(第三 丁過氧)-3, 3, 5-三甲環己烷、2, 2-雙(第三丁過氧)丁烷、 4, 4 -雙(第三丁過氧)戊酸正丁酯等之過氧縮酮類,如過氧 乙酸第三丁酯、過氧辛酸第三丁酯、過氧三甲基乙酸第三 丁酯、過氧新癸酸第三丁酯、過氧-3, 5,5 -三曱基己酸第三 丁酯、過氧月桂酸第三丁酯、過氧三曱基己二酸二第三丁 酯、過氧苯甲酸第三丁酯、過氧新癸酸α -異丙苯酯、過氧 苯氧乙酸2, 4 ,4 -三曱基戊酯等之烷基過氧酯類,如過氧二 碳酸二-2 -乙基己酯、過氧二碳酸二-2-乙氧乙酯、過氧二 碳酸二異丙酯、過氧二碳酸二曱氧異丙酯、過氧二碳酸二 -3 -曱氧丁酯、過氧二碳酸雙(3 -甲基-3-曱氧丁酯)、過氧 異丙碳酸第三丁酯、過氧烯丙碳酸第三丁酯、過氧二碳酸 雙(4 -第三丁環己酯)、磺醯過氧二碳酸乙醯環己酯等之過 氧碳酸酯類等。 再者,該偶氮系化合物類,例如可舉出1,Γ -偶氮雙環 己烷-1-腈、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4 -二甲基戊腈)、2, 2’ -偶氮 雙(4 -曱氧-2, 4 -二曱基戊腈)、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(曱基異丁 酸)、α,α’ -偶氮雙(異丁腈)、4,4’ -偶氮雙(4 -氰戊酸) 等。 在以上之成分(Β)之光聚合引發劑或/及熱聚合引發劑 中,對本發明較佳者為光聚合引發劑之乙醯苯類之α -胺乙 醯苯衍生物,尤以下述通式(V I I )所示者特別合適。 30 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694R8 [In the formula (II), R7, R8, and R9 represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and Y1 is an optional valent group, wherein * represents an epoxy group for a bis(hydroxybenzene) fungic epoxy compound. The bond formed by the fluorene group formed by the ring opening] Here, the ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy group represented by the above formula (II) is mainly a compound represented by the above formula (V). If the result of the reaction is formed below, it is not limited in its formation method. Specific examples of the method for forming the compound represented by the above formula (V) include reacting an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid, or firstly, a carboxylic acid having no ethylenically unsaturated group. After the reaction, a subsequent reaction is used to form a method. Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid include (meth)acrylic acid. [In the present invention, "(meth)acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid" or/and "mercaptoacrylic acid". The reaction product with a lactone or a polylactone, from a saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydride (such as succinic anhydride, adipic anhydride, maleic anhydride, fumaric anhydride, itaconic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride) , thiol tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, mercapto hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl and fluorenyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, etc.) and (meth)acrylic acid derivative reaction 19 326\patent Specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 A semi-ester of the formula wherein the (fluorenyl) acrylate derivative is a (mercapto) acrylate [such as (hydroxy) hydroxy ethane s, ( Mercapto) hydroxypropyl acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, glycerol di(meth) acrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane bis(indenyl) Acrylate, pentaerythritol bis(indenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol tris(fluorenyl) propyl a compound having one or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule, such as an acid ester, bis(pentaerythritol) penta(indenyl) acrylate, etc., such as a saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydride as described above, such as phenyl glycidyl ether, (A) Glycidyl acrylate, 3,4-(meth)acrylic epoxycyclohexyl decyl ester, 8,9-(indenyl)acrylic acid epoxy [bicyclo[4 . 3 · 0 ] 壬-3 -yl] ester And a half ester obtained by reacting an unsaturated group-containing glycidyl compound such as 8,9-(fluorenyl)acrylic acid epoxy [bicyclo[4 · 3 · 0 ] 壬-3 -yl] oxonium ester. Among them, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, etc., and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol The half esters obtained by reacting (mercapto) acrylate and bis(pentaerythritol) penta (meth) acrylate are particularly suitable. These compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, examples of the carboxylic acid having no ethylenically unsaturated group include a hydroxycarboxylic acid such as lactic acid or dihydroxypropionic acid and an acid anhydride thereof such as succinic acid, maleic acid or tetrahydrofurfuric acid. A saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as capric acid or tartaric acid and an anhydride thereof. Then, a compound having a functional group reactive with the generated hydroxyl group or carboxyl group is reacted to form an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms. Here, the compound having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group is preferably a compound having an epoxy group, a carboxyl group or an isocyanate group, and specifically, the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated 20 326\ patent may be mentioned. The specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing compound such as a carboxylic acid or an unsaturated group-containing glycidyl compound are not limited by these compounds. Further, the bis(hydroxyphenyl)fluorene type epoxy compound represented by the above formula (v) further forms an ethylenically unsaturated carbonyloxy group having 5 or more carbon atoms after being used as a raw material. The reaction target is a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, and examples thereof include a saturated or unsaturated dicarboxylic acid (e.g., succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, tetrahydrofurfuric acid, mercaptotetrahydrofurfuric acid, Hexahydrophthalic acid, methyl hexahydrophthalic acid, mercapto and mercaptotetrahydrofurfuric acid, citric acid, etc.) and anhydrides thereof, trimellitic acid and its anhydrides, and substituted aliphatic or aromatic tetracarboxylic acids An acid (for example, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic acid, diphenylketonetetracarboxylic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, diphenylethertetracarboxylic acid, butanetetracarboxylic acid, etc.), an acid anhydride thereof, and the like. Among them, dicarboxylic acid, citric acid and the like dicarboxylic acid and its anhydride, trimellitic acid and its anhydride, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetradecanoic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, butane tetracarboxylic acid The tetracarboxylic acid such as tetrahydrofurfuric acid or citric acid is preferable because the obtained curable composition is excellent in the dissolving and removing property of the non-image portion during alkali development. Trivalent or lower carboxylic acids and anhydrides thereof, such as anhydrides thereof, trimellitic acid and anhydrides thereof, are particularly suitable. Further, examples of the isocyanate group-containing compound include, for example, butyl isocyanate, chlorophenyl 3-isocyanate, cyclohexyl isocyanate, 3-isocyanate-α, α-di An organic monoisocyanate such as p-benzyl ester, such as p-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolyl diisocyanate, 2,6-phenylphenyl diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylnonane diisocyanate, naphthalene- An aromatic diisocyanate such as 1,5-diisocyanate or behenilinoisocyanate, such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trisperylene diisocyanate, dimer fatty acid diisocyanate 21 326\patent Instructions (supplement)\94·03\93134393 1297694 Aliphatic diisocyanates such as isophorone diisocyanate, 4, dimethylene (cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω,ω '-diisocyanate An alicyclic diisocyanate such as dioxane or the like, such as a di-diphenylene diisocyanate α, α' , a 1 -tetradecyl quinone diisocyanate or the like having a cyclic aliphatic diisocyanate such as triisocyanate Acid lysate, hexamethylene monoisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanate Tris-acids such as decane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, bicycloheptane triisocyanate, cyanate phenylmethane, cis (isocyanate phenyl) thiophosphate, and terpolymers thereof , a water adduct, and a polyol adduct thereof, wherein a dimer or a trimer of an organic diisocyanate is preferred, and a tris(hydroxymethyl)propane adduct of a bis-isocyanate is used. A tripolymer of cyanogen and isophorone diisocyanate is most suitable. The compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, the compound of the formula (I) of the present invention may preferably have 30 to 150 mg·KOH/g, more preferably 40 to 100 mg·KOH/g. Further, the weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene according to the gel permeation chromatography may be 1,0 0 0 to 1 0 0,0 0 0, and further preferably 1,5 0 0 to 1 0,0 0 0. Further, the specific synthesis of the compound of the formula (I) of the present invention is exemplified by the conventional method described in the above-mentioned Patent Document 4 or the like, specifically, the above-mentioned bis(hydroxyphenyl) hydrazine. The epoxy compound is suspended and dissolved in an organic solvent such as methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl 2-ethoxyacetate or ethyl 2-ethoxyacetate, and is used in a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or decylamine. , tribenzylamine, etc.) or quaternary ammonium salts (such as tetramethylammonium chloride, triethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, triammonium chloride, etc.) 326\Patents (supplement)\94-03\93134393 22 4,-cyclohexyl, a, aromatic, 11-ylxin^ (isoisocyanide, etc.. phthalic acid esters, such acid value, the best method, the square or In the presence of a catalyst such as a butyl bromide or a phosphorus 1297694 compound (such as triphenylphosphine) or a terpenoid (such as triphenylsulfonium), and in hydroquinone, hydroquinone monoterpene ether, mercaptohydroquinone In the coexistence of the thermal polymerization inhibitor, the chemical equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound is usually 0.8 to 1.5 chemical equivalents (0 to 9 to 1 · 1 chemical equivalent). Preferably, the above-mentioned ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid is added, and an addition reaction is carried out at a temperature of usually 60 to 150 ° C (preferably 80 to 120 ° C), followed by the above reaction. The chemical equivalent of the obtained radical is added to the above-mentioned polyvalent carboxylic acid or its anhydride in an amount of usually 0.05 to 1.0 chemical equivalent, and the reaction can be carried out under the above conditions, etc. The method can be produced. [1 - 2 ]( A - 2 ) Resin of phenol phenol methane structure The curable composition of the present invention contains the components contained in [1 _ 1 ] if it satisfies the physical property conditions described in [1 - 15] and/or [1 _ 16 ] described later ( In addition to or in place of the component (A-1), a resin having a structure of (A-2) having a phenol decane may be contained. As a resin having a phenol decane structure of the present invention, if it is a resin thereof The structure having a phenol phenol methane structure in the structure is not particularly limited, and for example, an epoxy resin having a phenol decane structure and (anthracene) acrylic acid and an acid anhydride thereof or the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated group are mentioned. a product obtained by reacting a carboxylic acid to give the aforementioned polycarboxylic acid or The resin obtained by the reaction of the anhydride is a preferred resin. The resin having a phenol phenol methane structure, for example, "EPPN-501H", "EPPN-501HY", and "EPPN-" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. 502H, etc. Further, as the resin having a phenol decane structure, for example, 23 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 "TCR1025" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., TCR1064", "TCR1286" component (A-1) and/or component (A-2) serve as constituent elements of the hardenable composition of the present invention, and the double bond amount per unit weight can be double bond equivalent (ie, double bond equivalent) ) = (weight of compound (g)) / (number of moles of double bond of compound), that is, the more double bonds per unit weight, the smaller the equivalent value of double bonds. In the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used for a spacer, in order to increase the recovery rate and/or the elastic recovery rate, (A) the total double bond amount is preferably 550 or less, and is preferably less than 4,000. Further preferably, it is most suitable to be 305 or less. Further, the double bond amount of the entire curable composition of the present invention is preferably 200 or less, more preferably 1600 or less, and most preferably 1,500 or less. The double bond equivalent can be calculated according to the above formula according to the amount of the compound having an ethylenic double bond at the time of synthesis, or in a complex system such as a photoresist, by using a conventional method to measure the double bond equivalent of the solution. The solid content concentration of the photoresist is measured by a conventional method, and may be calculated according to (double bond equivalent) = (double bond equivalent of photoresist) X (solid concentration). [1 - 3 ] (B) Photopolymerization Initiator and/or Thermal Polymerization Initiator The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (B) a photopolymerization initiator and/or a thermal polymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator of the component (B) is an active compound which generates a radical, an acid, or an active species when the curable composition is irradiated with active light to cause polymerization of the compound represented by the above formula (I). And, if necessary, a polymer which uses the ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) mentioned later, for example, an acetophenone, a diphenyl ketone, a hydroxybenzene, a thioxanthone, an anthracene, and a shrinkage. Ketones, hexaarylbiimidazoles, bromo 24 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Titanium, halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives, organoborates, rust salts, sulfone compounds, Aminic acid derivatives, sulfonamides, triaryl methanols, and the like. Examples of the acetophenones include 2,2-diethoxyethyl benzene, 2,2-dioxa-2-phenyl benzene, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexanone, and 1-hydroxy-1. (p-dodecylbenzene) ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylbenzene) ketone, 1-trichloro-(p-butylphenyl) ketone, hydroxy-2-indene benzene Acetone, and α-amine acetonitrile, etc., which will be described later, and examples of the diphenyl ketone include diphenyl ketone, 2- fluorene diphenyl ketone, 3- fluorene diphenyl ketone, and 4- fluorene. Diphenyl ketone, 2-carboxydiphenyl ketone, 2- gas diphenyl ketone, 4-bromodiphenyl ketone, and benzyl ketone, and further, hydroxybenzenes, for example, 2-hydroxyl -4 - n-octyloxy diphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyl diphenyl ketone, 2- (2-per 5-methyl-toluene) benzene tris-sine, 4-12 tert-butyl benzene-3, 5 - succinyl 4-hydroxybenzoate, etc. Further, sulfur sulphonones, for example, thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthiouranone, 2 , 4 _ dimercaptothioxanthone, 2,4 _ diethyl thioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropyl thioxanthone, 2-chloro-thioxanthone, etc. For example, a 2-mercaptopurine or the like can be mentioned, and further, a ketal, for example, May include benzyl ketal two Yue. Further, the hexaarylbiimidazoles may, for example, be 2,2 '-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4 ',5,5 '-tetrabenzimidazole, 2,2 '-double (neighbor) Chlorobenzene)-4,4 ' ,5,5 '-tetrakis (o-, p-dichlorobenzene)-biimidazole, 2,2 '-bis(o-, p-dichlorobenzene)-4,4 ',5, 5 '-tetra(o-, p-dichlorobenzene)-biimidazole, 2,2 '-bis(o-chlorobenzene)_ 4,4 ',5,5 ' _tetra(p-fluorophenyl)biimidazole, 2,2 '-Bis(o-chlorobenzene)-4,4 ',5,5 '-tetrakis (o-, p-dibromobenzene)-biimidazole, 2, 2 '-bis(o-bromophenyl)-4,4 ',5 , 5 '-tetra(o-, p-di-benzene) diimidazole, 2,2 '-bis(o-chlorophenyl)-4,4 ',5,5 '-tetra(p-chloronaphthalene)-linked 25 326\ Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 嗤, etc. Among them, a hexaphenyl 13 mw compound is preferred, and a benzene ring (bonded to the 2,2 '-position of the ornidazole ring) is further preferred, and the bond is further preferred. It is particularly suitable for those having a benzene ring at the -4,4',5,5' position of the imidazole ring which is not substituted or substituted with a halogen atom or an aerobic group. Further, examples of the titanocene include titanium dichloropentadiene, titanium biphenyl dicyclopentadiene, titanium bis(2,4-difluorophenyl)dicyclopentadiene, and bis ( Titanium di 2,6-difluorobenzene)dicyclopentadiene, titanium bis(2,4,6-trifluorobenzene)dicyclopentadiene, bis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorobenzene) bicyclo Titanium pentadiene, bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene) dicyclopentadienyl titanium, bis(2,6-difluorobenzene) bis(indenylcyclopentadiene) titanium, double (2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene) bis(indenylcyclopentadienyl)titanium, bis[2,6-difluoro-3-(1-pyrrole)benzene]dicyclopentadiene titanium Wait. Among them, a titanium compound having a dicyclopentadiene structure and a biphenyl structure is preferred, and a halogen atom at the ortho position of the biphenyl ring is particularly suitable. Further, examples of the hydrocarbon derivative include halomethylated symmetric tricotylation derivatives, and examples thereof include 2,4,6-parameter (monochloromethyl) symmetrical three tillage, 2, 4, 6 - The ginseng (two gas enthalpies) symmetrical three tillage, 2,4,6-para (trichloromethane) symmetry three. Well, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetric sakisaki, 2-n-propan-4,6-double (three gas enthalpy) symmetrical tristimulus well, 2-(α,α,/? _ Trichloroethylene)-4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetric three wells, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) symmetric sakisaki, 2-(p-methoxybenzene)-4, 6 - double (three gas enthalpy) symmetrical three tillage, 2-(3, 4-epoxybenzene)-4,6-bis (three gas) symmetrical tristimulus well, 2 _(p-chlorobenzene)-4,6 - bis(trichloropurine) symmetric three wells, 2-[1-(p-oxime) 2, 4-pentadienyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) symmetrical three-pile, 2-styrene -4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetric three-ploughing, 2-(p-methoxystyrene)-4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetric three-ploughing, 2-(p-methoxy-inter- Hydroxybenzene B 26 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 olefin) _ 4,6-bis (trichloropurine) symmetrical three. Well, 2-(p-isopropoxystyrene)-4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetric three-plow, 2-(p-nonylbenzene)-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) symmetric three-plowing , 2 -(p-methoxynaphthalene)- 4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetrical three tillage, 2-(p-ethoxynaphthalene)-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) symmetrical three tillage, 2 _(p-ethoxycarbonylnaphthalene)-4,6-bis(trichloropurine) symmetry three. Well, 2-phenylsulfur-4,6-double (three gas) symmetrical tri-zero well, 2-benzylsulfide-4,6-bis(trichloromethane) symmetric three-ploughing, 2,4,6-parameter (two Bromomethyl) Symmetrical three-dimensional well, 2,4,6-parade (tribromo) symmetry three. Halogenated methylated symmetrical tristimulus wells derived from wells, 2 -mercapto-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-symmetric tri-farming, 2-methoxy-3,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-symmetric tri-farming The species, in which the bis (trihalo) symmetrical three-well well is preferred. Further, examples of the organoborate include an organoboron ammonium complex, an organic boron lanthanum complex, an organoboron compound, an organoboron oxime complex, an organic boron lanthanum complex, and an organic compound. Boron transition metal coordination complex, etc., its organic boron anion, for example, n-butyl-triphenylboron anion, n-butyl-parade (2,4,6-triphenylene) boron anion, n-butyl-para (pair a borophthalide anion, a n-butyl-parade (p-fluorophenyl) boron anion, a n-butyl-parade (m-fluorophenyl) boron anion, a n-butyl-parade (3-fluoro-4-indolyl) boron anion, n-D-Shen (2,6-difluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-parade (2,4,6-trifluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-para (2,3, 4, 5, 6 -5 Fluorobenzene) boron anion, n-butyl-parade (p-chlorophenyl) boron anion, n-butyl-parade (2,6-difluoro-3-indole benzene) anthracene anion, etc. Preferably, the cation is preferably a rust compound such as an ammonium cation, a scaly cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, and particularly an organic ammonium cation such as a tetraalkylammonium. Further, the wrong salt may, for example, be an ammonium salt such as tetraammonium bromide or brominated tetra 27 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 ethylammonium or the like, such as hexafluoroarsenic. Acid diphenyl hydrazine, diphenyl sulfonium tetrafluoroborate, diphenyl benzene p-toluene sulfonate, diphenyl hydrazine sulfonate, dicyclohexyl hexafluoroarsenate, dicyclohexyltetrafluoroborate, p-toluene sulfonic acid Bismuth salts such as dicyclohexyl, camphorsulfonic acid dicyclohexanone, such as triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroarsenate, triphenylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate, triphenylsulfonium p-nonylbenzenesulfonate, triphenylsulfonium camphorsulfonate, Strontium salt such as tricyclohexyl hexafluoroarsenate, tricyclohexyltetrafluoroborate, tricyclohexyl p-toluenesulfonate, and tricyclohexyl shovel of camphorsulfonic acid. Further, examples of the sulfone compound include, for example, bis(phenylsulfonyl)decane, bis(p-hydroxyphenylsulfonyl)decane, bis(p-methoxyphenylsulfonyl)methane, and di(α). -naphthalene sulfonate) methane, bis(yS-naphthalene sulfonate) decane, bis(cyclohexylsulfonyl)methane, bis(t-butylsulfonate) decane, benzenesulfonate (cyclohexylsulfonyl)methane, etc. Bis(sulfonate) decane compounds such as phenylcarbonyl (phenylsulfonyl) decane, naphthalene carbonyl (phenylsulfonium) methane, phenylcarbonyl (naphthalenesulfonyl) decane, cyclohexylcarbonyl (phenylsulfonyl) decane, a carbonyl (sulfonate) decane compound such as a third butanone (phenylsulfonyl) decane, a benzene carbonyl (cyclohexylsulfonyl) methane, a benzene carbonyl (t-butane carbonyl) methane, or the like, such as bis(phenylsulfonate) Nitrogen methane, bis(p-hydroxyphenylsulfonium)diazomethane, bis(p-methoxyphenylsulfonium)diazomethane, bis(α-naphthalenesulfonium)diazononane, bis(d-naphthosulfonate) Bis (sulfonate) diazonium such as diazomethane, bis(cyclohexylsulfonium)diazomethane, bis(t-butylsulfonate)diazomethane, benzenesulfonate (cyclohexylsulfonium) diazonium Methane compounds, such as phenylcarbonyl (phenylsulfonate) Methane, naphthalene carbonyl (benzene sulfonium) diazonium hydride, benzene carbonyl (naphthalene sulfonate) diazomethane, cyclohexyl carbonyl (benzene sulfonate) diazomethane, third butane carbonyl (benzene sulfonate) diazomethane, a carbonyl (sulfonate) diazonium compound such as benzenecarbonyl (cyclohexylsulfonium) diazonium alkane or phenylcarbonyl (t-butanecarbonyl)diazomethane. Further, examples of the amide derivative include, for example, phenylhydrazine phthalate 28 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93] 34393 1297694 cyclohexyl ester, 2-n-benzylcarbamate ring Hexyl ester, 3,5-dioxabenzylamine decanoic acid cyclohexyl ester, 3-nitroanilinic acid cyclohexyl ester, etc. Further, the sulfonamide may, for example, be N-cyclohex-4-toluene. Examples of the triarylmethanol include trityl alcohol and tris(4-chlorobenzene) decyl alcohol. Further, the thermal polymerization initiator constituting the component (B) of the curable composition of the present invention is an active compound, and when the curable composition is heated, an active species such as a radical is generated, resulting in the above formula (I). The polymerization of the compound and the polymerization of the ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) described later are used, and examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include organic peroxides and azo-based tetramines. Examples of the organic peroxides include, for example, decyl ethyl ketone peroxide, methyl isobutyl ketone peroxide, acetoxyacetone peroxide, cyclohexanone peroxide, and decyl cyclohexanone peroxide. , 3,3, 5 - peroxy ketones such as trioxane cyclohexanone, such as isobutyl peroxide, 3,3,5-trioxane cyclohexane, benzoquinone peroxide, peroxidation O-benzonitrile, peroxy-p-benzoquinone, 2,4-dichlorobenzoquinone, peroxy-p-benzoquinone, etc., such as hydroperoxide Tributyl, cumene hydroperoxide, dicumyl hydroperoxide, hydroperoxide p-cap, 2,5-dihydroperoxide 2,5-dimercaptohexane, 1,1,3, a hydroperoxide such as tetramethylbutyl hydroperoxide or 2,4, 4-trimethylpentyl hydroperoxide, such as dibutyl butyl peroxide or third butyl peroxide Propylene, dicumyl peroxide, 1,3 (or 1,4)-bis(t-butylperoxyisopropyl)benzene, 2,5-dioxin-2, 5-di(third-butoxy Peroxidation of hexane, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-di(t-butylperoxy)hexyne-3, etc. 29 326\patent Instructions (supplements)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Dialkyls such as 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)cyclohexane, 1,1-bis(t-butylperoxy)-3, 3 , peroxy ketals such as 5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2,2-bis(t-butylperoxy)butane, 4,4-bis(t-butylperoxy)pentanoic acid, etc. Third butyl oxyacetate, tert-butyl peroxyoctanoate, tert-butyl peroxytrimethylacetate, tert-butyl peroxy neodecanoate, peroxy-3, 5,5-tridecylhexanoic acid Third butyl ester, third butyl laurate, ditributyl peroxytridecyl adipate, tert-butyl peroxybenzoate, α-cumyl peroxy neodecanoate, Alkyl peroxyesters such as oxyphenoxyacetic acid 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl ester, such as di-2-ethylhexyl peroxydicarbonate, di-2-ethoxyethyl peroxydicarbonate , diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, di-n-isopropyl isopropyl dicarbonate, di- 3 - butyl oxyperoxy peroxydicarbonate, bis (3-methyl-3- oxiranidine peroxydicarbonate) Ester), tert-butyl peroxyisopropoxide, tert-butyl peroxypropylene carbonate, bis(4-tricyclohexyl)peroxydicarbonate, sulfonium sulfonate Di-oxo-cyclohexyl acrylate, etc. acetyl peroxy carbonates and the like. Further, examples of the azo compound include 1, Γ-azobiscyclohexane-1-nitrile, 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and 2, 2'-azobis(4-oxo-2,4-didecyl valeronitrile), 2, 2'-azobis(mercaptoisobutyric acid), α,α'-azobis(isobutyl) Nitrile), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid), and the like. In the photopolymerization initiator or/and the thermal polymerization initiator of the above component (Β), the α-aminoacetamidine derivative of the phthalic acid benzene which is preferably a photopolymerization initiator of the present invention, in particular, The formula (VII) is particularly suitable. 30 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694
[式(VII)中,R35表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基 之烯丙基或可具有取代基之苯基,R36表示可具有取代基之 烧基或可具有取代基之烯丙基,R37及R38各自獨立表示可 具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯丙基或可具有取代 基之苯基,R37與R38互相連接,或R37或R38與R35或R36 互相連接以形成環狀構造亦可,而苯環具有取代基亦可]。 在此,上述通式(VII)中之R35、R36、R37、以及R38之烷 基係以碳原子數 1〜1 5 (尤以 1〜1 0 )者較佳。再者,作為烷 基、烯丙基、以及苯基上之取代基,可舉出烷基、烷氧基、 經烷基、羥烷氧基、乙醯氧烷氧基、烷氧烷氧基、烷羰烷 基、烷硫基、鹵烷基、苯基、鹵素原子等。再者,作為R3 7 與R38互相連接,或R37或R38與R35或R36互相連接以形成 之環狀構造,可舉出吡咯啶、六氫吡啶、六氫吡°井、嗎啉、 σ咢。坐σ定、ϋ比σ定等。 再者,作為苯環上之取代基,可舉出烷基、羥基、烷氧 基、稀丙氧基、苯氧基、苯曱醢基、石夕烧氧基、魏基、烧 硫基、烯丙硫基、環烷硫基、苄硫基、苯硫基、烷磺醯基、 苯績醯基、完亞橫SI基、烧胺基、烤丙胺基、ϋ比略σ定基、 六氫。比σ定基、六氫吼σ井基、嗎σ林基、ii素原子等,再者, 31 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 苯環亦可以形成縮合環,作為此縮合環,可舉出苟酮、二 苯并環庚酮、二氫叫丨σ朵、啥$ °林、吟σ坐、吩嗪、吖°定酮 (a c r i d a η ο n e )、苯二σ号茂、苯并呋喃、咕吨、°山酮、吩呤 唤、苯并D塞唑、吩°塞σ秦等。 作為以上之前述通式(V I I )所示α -胺乙醯苯衍生物,具 體依照化合物之基本骨架予以分類,而按碳原子數予以例 示時,可舉出以下之化合物,其中特別較佳者為,R35與 R36各自獨立表示甲基、乙基、或苄基,R37與R38各自表示 曱基,或互相連接成環狀構造之嗎啉基,且在苯環未具取 代基或具有曱硫基、二曱胺基、或嗎啉基時之化合物,尤 以僅於對位具有嗎啉基之化合物特別合適。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數3之丙烷-1 -酮,可舉 出1-苯基-2-二曱胺-2-曱基-3-(4-曱苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯 基-2-二甲胺_2-曱基-3-(4 -曱氧苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基-2 -二曱胺-2-曱基-3 -(3,4-二曱氧苯)丙烧-1-酮、1 -苯基-2 -二曱胺-2-曱基-3 -(4-曱硫苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基-2-二曱 胺-2-曱基-3 -(4-氟苯)丙烧-1_酮、1-苯基-2-二曱胺-2_ 曱基-3 -(2-氣苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-苯基-2-二甲胺-2 -甲基 -3-(4-氣苯)丙烧-1-_ 、1_苯基-2-二甲胺-2-曱基-3 -(4 -溴苯)丙烷- 1 -酮、1 -苯基-2 -二曱胺- 2 -甲基- 3 -( 4 -苯甲醯 苯)丙烷-1-酮、1 -苯基-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1,3_ 二苯-2-二曱胺- 2-节基-丙烧-1-酮、1-(4-氣苯)-2-二曱胺 -2-苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄-3-苯基-丙烷_1-酮、1-(4-苯曱醯苯)- 2-二曱胺-2 -苄基-丙烷-1- 32 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 酮、1 -( 4 -曱硫苯)- 2 -嗎啉-2 -甲基丙烷- 1 _酮、1 - ( 4 -曱硫 苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -曱基-3 -(4 -曱苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱硫 苯)_2-二曱胺-2-曱基-3 -(4-甲氧苯)丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱 硫苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-甲基-3 -(3, 4-二甲氧苯)丙烷_1-酮、 1 -(4-曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-甲基-3- (4_氣苯)丙烧-1-酮、 1-(4-曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-曱基-3 -(2-氣苯)丙烧-1-酮、 1 -(4 -曱硫苯)-2 -二曱胺_2-曱基-3-(4-氯苯)丙烧-1-酮、 1-(4-曱硫苯)-2-二甲胺_2-甲基-3-(4_漠苯)丙烧-1_酮、 1一(4一曱硫苯)-2 -二甲胺-2—曱基一 3-(4 一苯曱醯苯)丙烷一 1-酮、1,3 -雙(4 一曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺一2-甲基丙烷-1 一酮、1-(4-丁硫苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节-3 -苯基-丙烧-1 - 8同、1-(4-環己硫 苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节-3-苯基-丙院-1-酮、1-(4-节硫苯)-2 -二甲胺-2 -苄基-丙烷-1-酮、1 -(4-二曱胺苯)-2_二甲胺- 2-节基-丙烧-1-酮、1-(4 -二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2-节-3-苯基 -丙烧-1-酮、1-(4-嗎♦苯)-2-二甲胺-2-(2 -氯戊稀)丙烧 - 1-酮、1 -(4-嗎琳苯)-2-二甲胺-2 -节基-丙烧-1-酮、1_(4 -嗎°林苯)-2-二甲胺-2 -节-3 -苯基-丙烧-1 - 3同、1 -(N -甲二氫 吲哚- 5 -基)- 2 -二曱胺- 2 -苄基-丙烷- 1 -酮、1 -( N -丁吩呤嗪 - 2-基2 -嗎啉-2 -苄基-丙烷-1 -酮等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數4之丁烷-1 -酮,可舉 出 1-苯基-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1_酮、1-(4 -甲苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -曱氧苯)-2-二甲胺-2_ 苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(3,5 -二曱-4-甲氧苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节基-丁烧-1-S同、1-(3,4 -二曱氧苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节基- 33 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\9313β93 1297694 丁烷-1-酮、1-(3,4, 5-三甲氧苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-节基-丁烷 -1-酉同、1 -(4-經苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节基-丁烧_1-_ 、 1 - [4 -(2-經乙氧)苯]-2 -二曱胺_2-节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-稀丙氧苯)-2_二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧-1-嗣、1-(4-乙氧幾曱 氧苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烷-1-酮、;1 - [4 -(1,1,2-三曱基 丙基二甲矽烷氧)苯]-2 -二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2-二曱胺_2-节基-丁院-1-酮、1_(4-氯苯)- 2-二曱 胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(2, 4-二氯苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基 -丁烧 -1-酮、1-(3,4 -二氯苯)-2 -二曱.胺-2_ 节基-丁烧 -1 -酮、1-(3,5-二氯苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -节基 -丁烧-1-8同、1_(4 -漠苯)-2-二曱胺_2 -节基-丁烧-1- 3同、1-(4-魏苯)- 2 -二曱 胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱硫苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-甲硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、 1-(4 -甲硫苯)-2-二(2-曱氧乙)胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、 1-[4 -(2-甲氧乙硫)苯]_2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、 1 - [4-(2-羥乙硫)苯]-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-辛硫苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱磺醯 苯)- 2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-[4_(4-曱苯磺醯) 苯]- 2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-苯磺醯苯)-2-二 甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-曱亞磺醯苯)-2-二甲胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-胺苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-卜 酮、1-(4-曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -二甲胺苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -二甲胺 苯)- 2-二曱胺-2 -(4 -曱节)丁烧-1_嗣、1-(4-二曱胺苯)- 2 - 34 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 二曱胺-2_(4 -異丙f )丁烷Μ-酮、1-(4 -二曱胺苯)-2 -二曱 胺- 2- (4 —h二基¥ ) 丁烧-1-S同、1_(4~二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺 -2-(1-氯己烯甲)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4 -二曱胺苯)-2-二曱胺 - 2-(2-蘋烤-10-基)丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺-2- 曱苯)- 2 -二甲胺-2-节基-丁烧-1 -酉同、1 -(4-二曱胺-3-乙苯)- 2 -二甲 胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-二乙胺苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-苄基 -丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-異丙胺苯)-2 -二甲胺-2- 丁基-丁烧_1_ 酮、1-[4-(2-曱氧乙胺)苯]-2 -二曱胺-节基-丁烧-1 -酮、1-[4 -(3-曱氧丙胺)苯]-2-二甲胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-乙酿胺苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -节基- 丁炫-1- 3同、 1 - [4 -(N-乙醯甲胺)苯]-2-二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧_1 - S同、 1-[4 -(N -乙醯-3-甲氧丙胺)苯]-2-二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷 -1-酮、1 -(4-六氫°比°定苯)- 2 -二甲胺-2 -爷基-丁烧-1_酮、 1 _ ( 4 -嗎。林苯)- 2 -二曱胺-2 -节基- 丁烧- 1 -酮、1 -( 4 -嗎。林 苯)-2-二甲胺-2 -(3,4-二甲 f ) 丁烷-:!-酮、1-(4 -嗎啉 苯)- 2 -二曱胺-2-(4 -乙节)丁烧-1-酮、1-(4 -嗎淋苯)- 2 -二曱胺-2-(4-異丙苄)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺 - 2-(4- 丁 节)丁烧-1_S同、1 -(4-嗎琳苯)- 2-二曱胺-2 -(4-異丁节)丁烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -(4 -十二基 节)丁烧-1~8同、1_(4-嗎琳苯)-2_二甲胺-(4_經甲节)丁 烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-(4-乙醯乙苄)丁烷 - 1 -酮、1 _( 4 -嗎σ林苯)- 2 -二甲胺-2 -(4 -曱氧节)丁烧-1_ 酮、1-(4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -(4 -丁氧苄)丁烷-1-酮、 1 -( 4 -嗎啉苯)- 2 -二曱胺-2 - [ 4 -( 2 -羥乙氧)苄]丁烷-卜 35 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694 酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)- 2 -二曱胺_ 2 - [ 4 - ( 2 -曱氧乙氧)苄]丁烷 -1-酮、卜(4 -嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2 - [4 -(2 -(2-曱氧乙氧) 乙氧)节]丁烧嗣、1-(4-嗎π林苯)-2-二曱胺 -2-[4 -(2- (2-曱氧乙氧)乙氧羰)苄]丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-嗎啉 苯)-2-二曱胺-2 - [4-(2-(2 -(2-曱氧乙氧)乙氧羰)乙)苄] 丁烧-1-酮、1-(4-嗎。林苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-[4-(2-漠乙)节] 丁烧-1-酮、1_(4_嗎琳苯)-2-二甲胺-2 - [4 -(2-二乙胺乙) 苄]丁烷-1-酮、1-(4_嗎啉苯)-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-丁烷-:1-酮-三氟乙酸酯、1-(4-嗎啉苯)- 2-二甲胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1 -g同—h二苯石黃酸醋、1-(4 -嗎淋苯)-2 -二曱胺-2-节基-丁烧 -1 -酮-對甲苯磺酸酯、1 -( 4 -嗎啉苯)- 2 -二甲胺- 2 -苄基-丁烷-1 -酮-樟腦磺酸酯、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二乙胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1 -(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二(2-曱氧乙)胺-2-苄基-丁 烷-1 -酮、1 -( 4 -嗎啉苯)- 2 - 丁基曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷- 1 -酮、 1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-丁基曱胺-2-(4-異丙f ) 丁烷_1-酮、 1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二丁胺- 2 -苄基-丁烷-1 -酮、1 -( 4 -嗎啉 苯)-2-节甲胺-2-节基-丁燒-1-明、1-(3-氯-4-嗎σ林苯)- 2 -二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2,6-二曱嗎啉-4 -基) 苯]- 2 - 二甲胺-2- 节基-丁烧-1-酮、1-(1,4 -二甲-1,2,3,4-四氫喹σ号啉-6-基)- 2 -二曱胺-2 -节基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(Ν -丁咔唑-3 -基)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(1,3 -苯二 呤茂-5 -基)-2 -二曱胺-2-节基-丁烷-1-酮、1-(2,3-二氫苯 并°夫喃_5-基)- 2_二曱胺-2 -节基-丁烧-1-酮、丨-㈠占吨-2 -基)-2-二曱胺-2-苄基 -丁烷-1- 酮、1-(2,3 -二氫 -2, 3-二曱 36 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 苯并噻唑-5-基)-2 -二曱胺-2 -苄基-丁烷-1-酮、2-(2 -胺-2-节丁醯)芴酮、2 -(2-二曱胺-2-节丁醯)二苯并 明、3,6~二(2-二曱胺-2-节丁酿)-9- 丁基-吟。坐等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數5之戊烷-1 -酮, 出 1-(4_嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺-2-烯丙基-戊烷-1-酮、1 嗎σ林苯)- 2 -二曱胺- 2 -节基-戊烧- 1 -酮、1 -( 4 -嗎淋苯 二曱胺-2 -(2-異丙苄)戊烷-1-酮、卜(4 -嗎啉苯)-2-丁 胺- 2 - ( 4 -異丁苄)戊烷-1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 - 丁基 - 2-(4-丁氧节)戊烧-1-酮等。 此外,作為戊烯-1-酮,可舉出 1-苯基-2-二甲胺-基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-苯基-2 -二甲胺-2-乙基-4-戊辦 酮、1-苯基- 2 -二甲胺- 2-节-4 -戊烤-1-嗣、1-苯基-2 - -甲基-4-戊稀-1-西同、1-苯基-2-嗎琳- 2-节-4-戊輝 酮、1,2-二苯-2-嗎琳- 4-戊婦-1-酮、1 -(4-甲苯)-2--2 -甲基_4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4_十二基苯)- 2 -嗎啉-2--4-戊稀-1_酮、1-(4-甲氧苯)-2-二曱胺_2-乙基-4--1-ϊ同、1-(4-曱氧苯)-2-二丁胺曱基-4-戊稀-1 -1-(4-曱氧苯)-2-六氫吡啶-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 曱氧苯)-2-°号°坐°定-2 -曱基-4 -戊稀-1-酉同、1 -(4-苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -曱氧苯)-2--2-苯基_4-戊稀-1-酮、1-(3,4_二曱氧苯)-2-嗎°林_2--4-戊烯-1-酮、卜[4-(2-甲氧乙氧)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-曱 戊稀-1-酮、1-[4 -(2_曱氧乙氧)苯]-2-嗎琳-2 -乙基-烯-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥乙氧)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊対 二曱 環庚 可舉 -(4-)-2-基甲 甲胺 2-曱 3 _ 1 ~ 嗎淋 3 ~ 1 _ 嗎淋 乙基 戊烯 酮、 一(4-曱氧 嗎琳 乙基 s - 4 ~ 4-戊 ? -1- 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 37 1297694 S同、1-(4-異丙氧苯)-2 -二甲胺- 2-节-4 -戍稀-1-酮、 丁氧苯)-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基_4 -戊烯-1-酮、1_[4-(2 -烯β 氧)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-甲基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1_[4-(2-烯 氧)苯]_2 -嗎琳-2-乙基_4-戊稀-1-嗣、1 -(4-三曱石j 苯)- 2-嗎琳-2-曱基-4-戊烤-1-酮、1-(4_|L苯)-2-二 曱基_4 -戊稀-1-S同、1-(4-敗苯)- 2-二甲胺- 2-乙 戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -苄-4-戊烯-1 1 -(4 -氣苯)-2 -嗎。林-2-甲基_4 -戊稀-1-S同、1-(4 -氟| 嗎。林-2 -乙基-4-戊烤-1-S同、1-(4-氣苯)-2 -嗎啦-2 - 4 -甲基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)- 2-嗎啉-2-乙基 基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -氟苯)-2_嗎啉-2-苄-4 -戊 酮、1-(3, 4-二氯苯)-2-二甲胺-2-乙基-4 -戊烯-1 卜(3 ,5 -二氯-4-曱氧苯)- 2-嗎啉-2-甲基-4-戊烯-1 1 -(4 -漠苯)-2 -嗎°林-2 -曱基-4-戊稀-1-酮、1-(4-漠% 嗎啉-2 -乙基-4 _戊烯-1 -酮、1 - ( 4 -溴苯)_ 2 _嗎啉-2 - | -4-戊婦-1-酮、1-(4-甲硫苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-曱基-4 -1-酮、1-(4 -曱硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烤-1 1-(4-曱硫苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-苯基-4-戊烯-1-S同、1 -(4 苯)- 2-二甲胺-2-苄-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-曱硫苯)-2 吡啶- 2 -乙基- 4 -戊烯- 1 -酮、1 -( 4 -曱硫苯)-2 -嗎啉_ 2 -4-戊烯-1_酮、1-(4 -曱硫苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊 酮、1-(4-甲硫苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基- 4 -甲基-4-戊烯-] 1一(4 -曱硫苯)-2-嗎啉-2-苯基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 -(4 苯)-2 -嗎啉-2 -节-4 _戊烯-卜酮、1 - ( 4 -乙硫苯)-2 -嗎 1-(4-b氧乙 i氧乙 7烷氧 二甲胺 基-4- -酮、 L )-2-_乙基 -5-曱 烯Μ _ -酮 、 -酮 、 L )-2- ί三丁 -戊烯 -酉同、 -甲硫 -六氫 -甲基 烯-卜 • -酮 、 -甲硫 啉- 2 - 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 38 1297694 乙基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-異丙硫苯)-2 -嗎啉-2 -曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -烯丙硫苯)_2_嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-卜 酮、1-[4 -(2-羥乙硫)苯]- 2 -嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 1-[4-(2-經乙硫)苯]-2 -嗎°林乙基-4 -戊稀酮、 1 - [ 4 - ( 2 -羥乙硫)苯]- 2 -嗎啉-2 -丙基-4 -戊烯_ 1 -酮、 1-[4-(2-羥乙硫)苯]-2_嗎啉-2-第三丁 -4 -戊烯-1-酮、 卜[4_(2_甲氧羰乙硫)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 1-(4_曱石黃酿苯)-2_二甲胺-2-乙基-4-戊婦-1-嗣、1-(4 -丁亞磺醯苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(4 -甲苯硫)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(4 -甲苯 石黃酿)苯]_2~~嗎琳-2-乙基-4-曱基-4 -戊烤-1_酮、-氯 苯硫苯)-2-二曱胺-2-苄-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -二甲胺 苯)- 2-二曱胺-2-甲基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2 -二曱胺 -2-苄-4 -戊烯-:1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2 -曱苯胺-2-乙基 -4-戊烯-1-酮、1 -(4 -二甲胺苯)-2 -(吡咯啶-1-基)- 2-曱基 -4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-二曱胺苯)-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯 -1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基-4-曱基-4-戊烯 -1-酮、1 -(4- 二曱胺苯)-2 - 嗎 °林 - 2 -节-4-戊稀 -1-®^、1 -(4-二曱胺苯)-2 -(2,6-二甲嗎琳_4-基)-2 -乙基-4 -戊稀-1 -酮、1-(4-二乙胺苯)-2 -二甲胺-2-苄-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 - [4 -雙(2-曱氧乙)胺苯]- 2-嗎啉-2 -曱基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-丁胺苯)_2 -二丁胺-2 -曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4- 丁胺 苯)-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 -(4-二丁胺苯)-2-嗎 39 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 σ林-2 -曱基-4-戊稀-1-酮、1_(4-二稀丙胺苯)-2 -嗎°林-2-曱基-4 -戊烯-1 _酮、1 - [ 4 -(吡咯啶- 1 -基)苯]-2 -嗎啉-2 -曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-六氫吡啶苯)-2 -六氫吡啶-2-曱 基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(六氫吡畊-1-基)苯]-2-二曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、:!-[4-(4 -甲基六氫吡畊-1-基)苯]-2-嗎啉-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-[4-(Ν -曱基六氫吡畊- 1 -基) 苯]-2-(N -甲基六氫吡喷-1-基)-2 -曱基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、 1 -(4-嗎啉苯)-2 -二甲胺-2 -甲基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -嗎啉 苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二 曱胺-2-異丙-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二曱胺- 2-苄-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二乙胺- 2-乙基-4-戊烯 -1-酮、1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二(2-甲氧乙)胺-2-乙基-4 -戊烯 - 1-酮、1 -(4-嗎啉苯)-2- 丁基甲胺-2-甲基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 1-(4-嗎啉苯)_2-烯丙曱胺-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1 -(4 -嗎琳苯)-2-二稀丙胺-2-乙基-4 -戊稀-1-酮、1-(4 -嗎琳 苯)-2 -苄甲胺-2-乙基-4 -戊烯-1-酮、1-(4 -嗎啉苯)-2-(六 氫吡°井-;!-基)-2 -乙基-4 -戊烤-卜酮、:1 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -嗎 °林-2 -曱基-4 -戊稀-1-酮、1-(4-嗎琳苯)-2-嗎淋-2-乙基 - 4-戊稀-1-酮、1-(4-嗎琳苯)-2 -嗎淋-2-乙基-4-戊稀-1 -酮—h二苯石黃酸S旨、1-(4-嗎琳苯)-2-嗎琳-2-乙基-4-甲基 - 4-戊稀-1-酮、1-(4-嗎淋苯)_2•嗎σ林-2-节-4 -戊稀-1-酮、1-[4 -(2 ,6-二甲嗎啉-4-基)苯]-2-嗎啉-2 -曱基-4-戊 烯 -1-酮、1-[4 -(2,6-二曱嗎啉_4-基)苯]-2-(2,6-二曱嗎 琳-4-基)_2_乙基-4-戊婦-1 - S同、1_(Ν - 丁 °引°朵-5-基)- 2- 40 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(1, 4 -二丁 -1,2, 3, 4 -四氫喹 。号°林- 6-基)- 2 -嗎。林- 2 -乙基-4-戊烤-1-酮、1-(N- 丁 °卡°坐 -3-基)-2_嗎啉-2-乙基_4_戊烯-1-酮、1-(5,10-二丁 -5,10_二氫吩嗪-6-基)-2-二甲胺-2-曱基-4-戊烯-1-酮、 1-(1,3 -苯二σ夸茂_5-基)- 2-嗎琳-2-甲基-4 -戊烤-1-酮、 卜(苯并呋喃-3-基)_2 -嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯-1-酮、1-(苯 并呋喃-6-基)-2 -嗎啉-2-乙基-4-戊烯_1-酮、1-(2,3-二氫 苯并σ夫喃-5-基)-2-嗎琳-2-曱基-4 -戊稀-1-酮、1-(Ν -甲吩 °塞°秦-2-基)-2 -二曱胺-2-婦丙-4-戊烤-1-酮、3,6 -二(2-嗎啉-2-甲基-4 -戊烯醯)咔唑、2-(2-二曱胺-2-烯丙-4-戊 烯醯)吖啶酮、2 - ( 2 -嗎啉- 2 -曱基- 4 -戊烯醯)-σ山酮、2 - ( 4 -嗎啉苯甲醯)-2 -乙基-Ν -曱基-1,2,3,6 -四氫吡啶等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數6之己烷_ 1 -酮,可舉 出 1 -(4-曱硫苯)-2-嗎琳- 2-稀丙-己烧-1-嗣、1-(4-嗎琳 苯)-2-二甲胺-2-节-己烧-1-酮、1 -(4-嗎琳苯)-2-二甲胺 -2-苄-4, 5, 5-三曱基己烷-1-酮、1-(4_嗎啉苯)-2 -丁基甲 胺_2_(4_丁节)己烧-1_S同、1-(4 -嗎σ林苯)-2_二辛胺-2- (4 -曱苄)己烷-1-酮等。 此外,為己烯-1 -酮,可舉出 1 - ( 4 _曱硫苯)- 2 -嗎啉-2 -乙基-4 -甲基-4-己烯-1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2 -二甲胺 -2, 4, 5 -三曱-4 -己烯-1-酮、1-(4-二甲胺苯)-2-嗎啉-2-乙基-4_己烤-1_S同、1 -(4_嗎琳苯)-2-嗎4木- 2-乙基_4-己稀 - 1 -酮等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數7之庚烷-1 -酮,可舉 41 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 出 1 -(4-二甲胺苯)-2-二曱胺-2-[4 -(2-曱氧)苄]庚烷Μ -酮、1- ( 4 -嗎啉苯)-2 -二曱胺-2 -苄-庚烷- 1 -酮等。 此外,為庚-1,6 -二烯,可舉出 4 -笨甲醯-4-二曱胺-庚 -1,6 -二烯、4-(4 -曱氧苯曱醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、 4 一(4一甲氧苯甲醯)一4-嗎琳-庚一 1,6-二稀、4一(3, 4-二曱氧 苯曱醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4 -苯氧苯甲醯)-4 -二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4-氟苯曱醯)-4 -二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4 -氟苯曱醯)-4-嗎啉-庚-1,6 -二烯、4-(4 -曱硫 苯曱醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4-甲硫苯曱醯)-4-嗎啉-庚-1,6-二烯、4-(4-二甲胺苯曱醯)-4_二甲胺-庚 -1,6-二烯、4 -(4 -二甲胺苯曱醯)-4-嗎啉-庚-1,6 -二烯、 4 -(4-嗎啉苯曱醯)-4-二曱胺-庚-1,6-二烯、4 -(4-嗎啉苯 甲醯)- 4 -嗎°林-庚- 1,6 -二稀等。 關於被分類為基本骨架之碳原子數8之辛烷-1-酮,可舉 出 1-(4-嗎啉苯)-2-二甲胺-2-苄基-辛烷-1-酮、1-(4-嗎 淋苯)-2-二曱胺-2 -(4 —^二节)-辛烧_1-酮等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物含有前述通式(I )所示之化合 物及前述成分(B)之光聚合引發劑或/及熱聚合引發劑之情 形,此等各成分之含有比率為,相對於硬化性組成物之總 量,成分(A)係以20〜95wt%較佳,而以30〜90wt%進一步較 佳。再者,成分(B)係以0.1〜40wt%較佳,而以0.2〜20wt% 進一步較佳。 在成分(A )太多或太少時暨成分(B )太少時,則造成硬化 性組成物之硬化性不足之傾向,另若成分(B )太多,則在顯 42[In the formula (VII), R35 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an allyl group which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and R36 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an alkyl group which may have a substituent The propyl group, R37 and R38 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an allyl group which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, R37 and R38 are linked to each other, or R37 or R38 and R35 or R36 are linked to each other. The ring structure may be formed, and the benzene ring may have a substituent. Here, the alkyl group of R35, R36, R37 and R38 in the above formula (VII) is preferably a carbon number of 1 to 15 (especially 1 to 10). Further, examples of the alkyl group, the allyl group, and the substituent on the phenyl group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkoxy group, an ethoxylated alkoxy group, and an alkoxylated alkoxy group. An alkylcarbonylalkyl group, an alkylthio group, a haloalkyl group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom or the like. Further, examples of the ring structure in which R3 7 and R38 are bonded to each other or R37 or R38 and R35 or R36 are bonded to each other include pyrrolidine, hexahydropyridine, hexahydropyridyl, morpholine, and σ咢. Sit σ, ϋ σ σ and so on. Further, examples of the substituent on the benzene ring include an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a dipropyloxy group, a phenoxy group, a benzoinyl group, a sulphur group, a thiol group, a sulfur group, and a sulfur group. Allylthio, cycloalkylthio, benzylthio, phenylthio, alkanesulfonyl, fluorenyl, sulfonyl, acryl, alanine, anthracene, hexahydro . Ratio σ base, hexahydro 吼 σ well base, σ σ lin base, ii atom, etc. Further, 31 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 benzene ring can also form a condensed ring, as this Examples of the condensed ring include anthrone, dibenzocycloheptanone, dihydrogen 丨 σ, 啥$ °林, 吟σ sitting, phenazine, acridine η ο ne , benzodiazepine Mau, benzofuran, xanthene, ketone, benzophenone, benzo D-serazole, phenoxypyrazine, and the like. The α-aminoacetamidine derivative represented by the above formula (VII) is classified according to the basic skeleton of the compound, and when exemplified by the number of carbon atoms, the following compounds are mentioned, and particularly preferred R35 and R36 each independently represent a methyl group, an ethyl group or a benzyl group, and each of R37 and R38 represents a fluorenyl group, or a morpholino group which is bonded to each other in a cyclic structure, and has no substituent or a sulfonium sulfide in the benzene ring. The compound of the group, the diammonium group or the morpholinyl group is particularly preferably a compound having a morpholinyl group only in the para position. Regarding the propane-1 -one having 3 carbon atoms classified as a basic skeleton, 1-phenyl-2-didecylamine-2-mercapto-3-(4-indolyl)propan-1-one is exemplified. , 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-mercapto-3-(4-indolyl)propan-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-diguanamine-2-mercapto-3 (3,4-dioxabenzene)propan-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-diguanamine-2-mercapto-3-(4-indolesulfonyl)propan-1-one, 1- Phenyl-2-diguanamine-2-mercapto-3-(4-fluorophenyl)propanone-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-didecylamine-2_indolyl-3-(2-gas Benzene)propan-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-methyl-3-(4-gasbenzene)propan-1-e, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine- 2-mercapto-3-(4-bromophenyl)propane-1-ketone, 1-phenyl-2-diguanamine-2-methyl-3-(4-benzylidenephenyl)propan-1-one , 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-propan-1-one, 1,3-diphenyl-2-diozide-2-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1-( 4-oxobenzene)-2-didecylamine-2-benzyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2-benzyl-3-phenyl-propane_1 -keto, 1-(4-benzoquinone)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-propane-1- 32 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 ketone, 1 - ( 4 - Bismuth thiophenyl)-2-morpholine-2-methylpropane-1 ketone, 1 -( 4 -indole thiophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2-mercapto-3 -(4-indolyl)propane 1-ketone, 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)_2-diguanamine-2-mercapto-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-1-one, 1-(4-indolethiobenzene)- 2-dimethylamine-2-methyl-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)propane-1-one, 1-(4-indolethiobenzene)-2-diguanamine-2-methyl- 3-(4_Gaphene)propan-1-one, 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)-2-didecylamine-2-mercapto-3-(2-acetophenone)propan-1-one , 1 -(4-oxothiobenzene)-2-diamine 0.2-mercapto-3-(4-chlorophenyl)propan-1-one, 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)-2-di Methylamine 2 - methyl-3-(4_ desert benzene) propane- 1 -ketone, 1 -(4-indolylthio)-2-dimethylamine-2-indenyl-3-(4-benzene Toluene)propane-1-ketone, 1,3-bis(4-monothiobenzene)-2-diamine- 2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-(4-butylthiobenzene)-2 -dimethylamine-2-member-3-phenyl-propanone-1-8, 1-(4-cyclohexylthiophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2-phenyl-3-phenyl-propyl 1-ketone, 1-(4-sulfophenyl)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4-diamidinobenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2 - benzyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4- Dimethylamine benzene)-2-didecylamine-2-phenyl-3-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4-indolyl)-2-dimethylamine-2-(2-chloro Ethylene)-propanone- 1-ketone, 1-(4-morphinyl)-2-dimethylamine-2-succinyl-propan-1-one, 1-(4-oxo-phenylene)-2- Dimethylamine-2 -cathe-3-phenyl-propanone-1 -3, 1-(N-methylindoline-5-yl)-2-diamine- 2-benzyl-propane- 1-ketone, 1-(N-butylphenazine-2-yl-2-morpholine-2-benzyl-propane-1-one, and the like. With respect to the butane-1-one having a carbon number of 4 classified as a basic skeleton, 1-phenyl-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1-(4- Toluene-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-oxophenyl)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1- (3,5-dioxa-4-methoxybenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-pyrrol-butan-1-se, 1-(3,4-dioxabenzene)-2-di Methylamine-2-pyryl-33 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\9313β93 1297694 Butane-1-one, 1-(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzene)-2-dimethylamine -2-gangyl-butane-1-anthracene, 1-(4-phenylene)-2-dimethylamine-2-pyrrolidine-butane _1-_, 1 - [4 -(2- Ethoxy)benzene]-2-diamine 0.2-pyranyl-butyrol-1-one, 1-(4-silopropoxybenzene)-2-diguanamine-2-pyrrolidine-butane-1 -嗣, 1-(4-ethoxyxaoxybenzene)-2-diguanamine-2-pyrylbutan-1-one, 1-[4-(1,1,2-tridecyl) Propyl dimethyl decyloxy) phenyl]-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2-cobalt-butyl 1-ketone, 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2 -benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(3,4 - Chlorobenzene)-2 -dioxin.Amine-2_gangyl-butan-1-one, 1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2 -pyringyl-butanze-1- 8 with, 1_(4-indolyl)-2-didecylamine-2-mercapto-butyr-1-ate, 1-(4-weiphenyl)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl- Butan-1-one, 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-methylthiobenzene)-2-diamine -2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-methylthiobenzene)-2-bis(2-oxoethoxy)amine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-[ 4-(2-methoxyethylthio)benzene]_2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethylthio)benzene]-2-dimethylamine -2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-octylthio)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-oxasulfonylbenzene )- 2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-[4-(4-indolylsulfonyl)benzene]-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1 -ketone, 1-(4-phenylsulfonylbenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-sulfinylbenzene)-2-dimethylamine- 2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-aminophenyl)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butane-butanone, 1-(4-guanamine benzene)-2- Diamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-dimethylaminobenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2- -butane-1-one, 1-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-diguanamine-2 -(4-anthracene)butane-1_嗣, 1-(4-diguanamine benzene )- 2 - 34 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Diamine-2_(4-isopropylf)butane-one, 1-(4-diguanamine)-2 - Diamine-2-(4-H-diyl) butyl--1-S, 1-(4-diaminophen)-2-didecylamine-2-(1-chlorohexene) Alkan-1-one, 1-(4-diguanamine benzene)-2-diguanamine-2-(2-pinaze-10-yl)butan-1-one, 1-(4-dioxylamine -2- phenylene)- 2 -dimethylamine-2-pyrrolyl-butyrrol-1 - hydrazine, 1-(4-dioxamethylene-3-ethylbenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl -butan-1-one, 1-(4-diethylamine)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylamine benzene)-2 Dimethylamine-2-butyl-butanol-1-one, 1-[4-(2-oxoethylamine)benzene]-2-diamine-nodal-butyr-1-one, 1-[ 4-(3-oxopropylamine) phenyl]-2-dimethylamine-2 -pyringyl-butyring-1-one, 1-(4-ethylaminophen)-2-diamine-2 - Dingxuan-1- 3 with, 1 - [4-(N-ethylidenemethylamine) benzene]-2-didecylamine-2-pyryl-butane _1 - S, 1-[4 - (N-acetyl-3-methoxypropylamine) ]-2-diamine 0.2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-hexahydrogen ratio benzene) 2- 2 -dimethylamine-2 - aryl-butane-1 Ketone, 1 _ (4 -?). Benzene)- 2 -dioxamethylene-2 -pyringyl-butylene- 1 -ketone, 1 -( 4 -?.lin phenyl)-2-dimethylamine-2 -(3,4-dimethylf) Butane-:!-ketone, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-diguanamine-2-(4-oxo)butan-1-one, 1-(4-norloline)-2 -diamine--2-(4-isopropylbenzyl)butan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-diamine- 2-(4-butyl)butane-1_S , 1-(4-morphin phenyl)-2-diguanamine-2 -(4-isobutyl)butan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinyl)-2-didecylamine-2 -(4 - Twelve bases) Dingxiao-1~8 with, 1_(4-morphin benzene)-2_dimethylamine-(4_ via A) butane-1-one, 1-(4 -morpholinium)-2 -diguanamine-2-(4-ethylbenzylidene)butane-1 -one, 1 -( 4 -morphine phenylbenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2 -(4 - oxime) butyl ketone-1 ketone, 1-(4-morpholine)-2-diamine-2-(4-butoxybenzyl)butan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholine Benzene)-2-diamine-2 - [4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl]butane-b 35 326\patent specification (supplement)\94·03\93134393 1297694 ketone, 1 - ( 4 - Morpholine benzene)-2-diamine _ 2 - [ 4 - ( 2 - oxoethoxy) benzyl] butan-1-one, bu (4 - morpholin benzene) - 2 Amine-2 - [4 -(2 -(2-oxime oxyethoxy) ethoxy)] butyl sulphate, 1-(4- π phenyl phenyl)-2-didecylamine-2-[4 - ( 2-(2-oxoethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl)benzyl]butan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinyl)-2-diamine-2 - [4-(2-(2- (2-oxoethoxyethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl)ethyl)benzyl]butan-1-one, 1-(4-?.lin phenyl)-2-diguanamine-2-[4-(2-Mo )] butyl ketone-1-ketone, 1_(4_morphin benzene)-2-dimethylamine-2 - [4- (2-diethylamine) benzyl] butane-1-one, 1-( 4_morpholinium)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-: 1-keto-trifluoroacetate, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-dimethylamine-2 Benzyl-butane-1 -g with -h diphenyl phthalate, 1-(4-norlophenylene)-2 -didecylamine-2-pyrrolidine-butan-1-one-p-toluene Acid ester, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one-camphorsulfonate, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-diethyl Amine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-bis(2-oxoethoxy)amine-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1- (4-morpholinobenzene)-2-butylammonium-2-benzyl-butane-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-butylguanamine-2-(4-iso Propane f) butane-1-one, 1 - (4-morpholinium)-2-dibutylamine-2-yl-butan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-mercapto-2-phenyl-butan- 1- Ming, 1-(3-chloro-4-?σ-lin phenyl)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 1-[4-(2,6-dioxin? Porphyrin-4-yl) phenyl]-2 - dimethylamine-2-pyristyl-butan-1-one, 1-(1,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline Phenyl-6-yl)-2-diamine-2-n-butan-1-one, 1-(indolyl-butyrazole-3-yl)-2-didecylamine-2-benzyl- Butan-1-one, 1-(1,3-benzodiazepine-5-yl)-2-diamine 0.2-butanbutan-1-one, 1-(2,3-di Hydrogen benzofuran-5-yl)- 2-diamine 0.2-benzyl-butan-1-one, hydrazine-(a) ton-2-yl)-2-didecylamine-2-benzyl -butane-1-one, 1-(2,3-dihydro-2,3-dioxin 36 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 benzothiazole-5-yl)- 2-diamine 0.2-benzyl-butan-1-one, 2-(2-amino-2-pyrene) fluorenone, 2-(2-dioxam-2-pyrene) II Benzoindene, 3,6~bis(2-dioxam-2-pyrene)-9-butyl-indole. Wait and wait. Regarding pentane-1-one having a carbon number of 5 classified as a basic skeleton, 1-(4-morpholinyl)-2-didecylamine-2-allyl-pentan-1-one, 1 Σσ林苯)- 2 -Diamine- 2 -pyringyl-pentan- 1 -one, 1-(4-oxophthalamide-2 -(2-isopropylbenzyl)pentan-1- Ketone, Bu (4-morpholinyl)-2-butylamine-2-(4-isobutylbenzyl)pentan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-butyl-2-- 4-butoxy nodal) pentan-1-one, etc. Further, as the penten-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-yl-4-penten-1-one, 1 -Phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-ethyl-4-pentanone, 1-phenyl-2-dimethylamine-2-mer-4-pentan-1-ene, 1-phenyl- 2 - Methyl-4-penta-1-one, 1-phenyl-2-morphine- 2-pyrimidine-4-pentyl ketone, 1,2-diphenyl-2-morphine- 4- Butan-1-one, 1-(4-toluene)-2--2-methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-didodecyl)-2-morpholine-2- -4-penta-1-one, 1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-diamine, 2-ethyl-4--1-indole, 1-(4-indolylbenzene)-2 -dibutylammonium-4-pentazol-1 -1-(4-indolylbenzene)-2-hexahydropyridine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-oxime phenyl)- 2-°号°坐定定-2 -曱基-4 -penta-1-inden, 1-(4-phenyl)-2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-oxobenzoquinone)-2--2 -Phenyl- 4-pentan-1-one, 1-(3,4-dioxabenzene)-2-?~林_2--4-penten-1-one, Bu [4-(2 -methoxyethoxy)benzene]-2-morpholin-2-indolyl-1-one, 1-[4-(2-(2-oxoethoxy)benzene]-2-morphin-2-ethyl- En-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzene]-2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-pentanyldifluorene, heptyl-(4-)-2-yl Methylamine 2-曱3 _ 1 ~ 淋 3 3 ~ 1 _ 淋 乙基 ethyl pentenone, one (4-曱 吗 吗 乙基 ethyl s - 4 ~ 4- pentene -1- 326 \ patent specification ( Supplement)\94-03\93134393 37 1297694 S, 1-(4-isopropoxybenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-mer-4-indol-1-one, butoxybenzene-2 -morpholin-2-ethyl_4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-(2-(beta)oxy)benzene]-2-morpholin-2-methyl-4-penten-1-one , 1_[4-(2-enoxy)benzene]_2-Merlin-2-ethyl_4-penta-1-ene, 1-(4-trimute j benzene)- 2-Merlin-2 - mercapto-4-pentan-1-one, 1-(4_|L phenyl)-2-didecyl _4-penta-1-se, 1-(4-phenylene)-2- 2- Methylamine 2-ethylpenten-1-one, 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-didecylamine-2-benzyl-4-pentene-1 1 -(4 - gas benzene)-2 -? lin-2-methyl_4-pentazol-1-S, 1-(4-fluoro]-. Lin-2-ethyl-4-pentane--1-S, 1-(4-gasbenzene )-2 -??-2 - 4 -Methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-pentene-1- Ketone, 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-2_morpholin-2-benzyl-4-pentanone, 1-(3,4-dichlorobenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-ethyl-4 Pentene-1 Bu (3,5-Dichloro-4-indolyl) 2- morpholin-2-methyl-4-pentene-1 1 -(4-indiylbenzene)-2 -? -2 -mercapto-4-pentan-1-one, 1-(4-in% morpholine-2-ethyl-4- pentene-1 -one, 1-(4-bromophenyl)_ 2 _ Morpholine-2 - | -4-pentofyl-1-one, 1-(4-methylthiobenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-mercapto-4-1-one, 1-(4-anthracene sulfur Benzene)-2-didecylamine-2-ethyl-4-pentane-1 - 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-phenyl-4-pentene-1-S , 1 -(4 phenyl)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)-2pyridine-2-etht-4-pentene- 1-ketone, 1-(4-oxathiobenzene)-2-morpholine-2-4-pentene-1-one, 1-(4-indolylthio)-2-morpholin-2-ethyl- 4-pentanone, 1-(4-methylthiobenzene)-2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-methyl-4-pentene-] 1-(4-oxathiobenzene)-2-morpholine -2-phenyl-4-penten-1-one , 1 -(4 phenyl)-2 -morpholine-2 -4 pentene-butanone, 1 - (4-ethylthiobenzene)-2 -? 1-(4-b oxyethyl i oxyethane 7 Alkoxy dimethylamino-4-ketone, L)-2-ethyl-5-nonene Μ-ketone, -ketone, L)-2- tributyl-pentene-酉, - A Sulfur-hexahydro-methyl olefin-bu-ketone, -methionine-2 - 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 38 1297694 ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1 -(4-isopropylthiobenzene)-2-morpholine-2-mercapto-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-isopropenylthio)_2_morpholin-2-ethyl-4 -pentene-buxoton, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethylthio)benzene]-2-morpholin-2-indolyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-(2- Ethylthio)benzene]-2 -?-Linethyl-4-pentenone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethylthio)benzene]-2-morpholine-2-propyl-4-pentene-1 Ketone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethylthio)benzene]-2_morpholin-2-tribut-4-penten-1-one, Bu [4_(2-methoxycarbonylethylthio)benzene ]-2-morpholin-2-indolyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4_valetite yellow benzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-ethyl-4-pentyl-1 -嗣, 1-(4-butylsulfenylbenzene)-2-didecylamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-(4-toluenesulfonyl)benzene-2 -morpholin-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one , 1-[4-(4-toxite yellow) benzene]_2~~?-lin-2-ethyl-4-indolyl-4-pentan-1-one,-chlorophenylthiobenzene-2- Diammonium-2-benzyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-diguanamine-2-methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4-dimethylaminobenzene)-2-didecylamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-diguanamine benzene)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl- 4-pentene-: 1-ketone, 1-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-indolani-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-dimethylaminobenzene) -2 -(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-nonyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-diguanamine benzene)-2-morpholin-2-indolyl-4-pentyl En-1-one, 1-(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-morpholin-2-ethyl-4-mercapto-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-diguanamine benzene )-2 - ̄°林- 2 -节-4-戊稀-1-®^, 1-(4-diguanamine benzene)-2 -(2,6-dimethylmorphine_4-yl)- 2-ethyl-4-penta-1-one, 1-(4-diethylamine benzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-di (2-oxoethoxy)amine benzene]- 2-morpholine-2-indenyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-butylamine benzene)_2-dibutylamine-2-indenyl- 4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-butylaminophenyl)-2-morpholin-2-indolyl-4-penten-1-one, 1- (4- Butylamine -2-) 39 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 σ林-2 -mercapto-4-pentan-1-one, 1_(4-di-propyl propyl benzene) -2 -? Lin-2-mercapto-4-pentene-1 ketone, 1-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzene]-2-morpholin-2-indole-4-pentyl En-1-one, 1-(4-hexahydropyridinium)-2-hexahydropyridin-2-mercapto-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-(hexahydropyrazole-1- Phenyl]-2-didecylamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, :!-[4-(4-methylhexahydropyrylene-1-yl)benzene]-2- Morpholine-2-mercapto-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-(indolyl-nonylhexahydropyrrol-1-yl)benzene]-2-(N-methylhexahydropyrazole -1-yl)-2-mercapto-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-dimethylamine-2-methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-diguanamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-didecylamine-2-isopropyl -4 -penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinyl)-2-didecylamine-2-benzyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinene)-2 -diethylamine 2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine-2-ethyl-4-pentene - 1-ketone, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-butylmethylamine-2-methyl-4-penten-1-one, 1 -(4-morpholinium)_2-allylamide-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-norphinphenyl)-2-diisopropylamine-2-ethyl- 4-penta-1-one, 1-(4-mercaptophenyl)-2-benzylmethylamine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinoline)-2 -(hexahydropyridinium-;!-yl)-2 -ethyl-4-pentane-butanone, 1 - (4-morpholinoline)-2 -?~林-2 -mercapto-4 -penta-1-one, 1-(4-morphin benzene)-2-oxalate-2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1-(4-morphin benzene)-2 - 2-ethyl-4-penta-1-one-h-diphenylphosphinic acid S, 1-(4-morphin phenyl)-2-morphin-2-ethyl-4-methyl- 4-penten-1-one, 1-(4-norloline)_2•?σ林-2-section-4-penta-1-one, 1-[4- (2,6-dimethyl) Physo-4-yl)benzene]-2-morpholin-2-indenyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-[4-(2,6-dioxamorpho-4-yl)benzene]- 2-(2,6-dioxinolin-4-yl)_2_ethyl-4-pentan-1 - S, 1_(Ν - 丁°引°五-基)- 2- 40 326 \Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Morpholine-2-ethyl-4-penten-1-one, 1-(1,4-dibutyl-1,2,3,4-tetra Hydroquine. No. ° Lin - 6-base) - 2 -? -2-ethyl-4-pentan-1-one, 1-(N-butyl-carbazol-3-yl)-2_morpholin-2-ethyl_4-penten-1-one , 1-(5,10-dibutyl-5,10-dihydrophenazine-6-yl)-2-dimethylamine-2-mercapto-4-penten-1-one, 1-(1, 3-Benzene sigma quaternary _5-yl)- 2- phenan-2-methyl-4-pentan-1-one, benzofurazol-3-yl)_2-morpholin-2-yl 4-penten-1-one, 1-(benzofuran-6-yl)-2-morpholine-2-ethyl-4-pentene-1-one, 1-(2,3-di Hydrobenzo benzofuran-5-yl)-2-morphin-2-mercapto-4-pentan-1-one, 1-(anthracene-methylphene thiophene-2-yl)-2 Diammonium-2-female-4-pentan-1-one, 3,6-bis(2-morpholin-2-methyl-4-pentenyl) carbazole, 2-(2-diindole Amine-2-allyl-4-pentenyl)acridone, 2-(2-morpholine-2-ylindolyl-4-pentenyl)-pyrrolidone, 2-(4-morpholinebenzamide醯)-2-Ethyl-hydrazine-mercapto-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine and the like. With respect to the hexane-1-ketone having 6 carbon atoms classified as a basic skeleton, 1-(4-indenethiobenzene)-2-morphin-2-dipropyl-hexan-1-lan, 1 -(4-morphin benzene)-2-dimethylamine-2-pyrene-1-one, 1-(4-morphin phenyl)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-4, 5, 5-tridecylhexan-1-one, 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-butylmethylamine_2_(4_butyl)hexan-1-S, 1-(4-oxonium benzene) -2_Dioctylamine-2-(4-benzylbenzyl)hexane-1-one. Further, as the hexene-1-one, 1-( 4 曱 thiophenyl)-2- morpholin-2 -ethyl-4-methyl-4-hexen-1-one, 1-( 4-dimethylamine benzene)-2-dimethylamine-2, 4,5-tris--4-hexen-1-one, 1-(4-dimethylaminobenzene)-2-morpholin-2- Ethyl-4_hexose-1_S, 1 -(4_morphine benzene)-2-?4 wood- 2-ethyl_4-hexa-1-one, and the like. Regarding heptane-1 -one having 7 carbon atoms classified as a basic skeleton, 41 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 1 -(4-dimethylamine benzene)-2 - Dimethylamine-2-[4-(2-oxo)benzyl]heptanone-one, 1-(4-morpholine)-2-diguanamine-2-benzyl-heptane-1-one Wait. Further, it is a heptane-1,6-diene, which may be exemplified by 4-phenylene-4-diamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-oxobenzoquinone)-4- Diamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-methoxybenzothymidine)-4-yolin-glycine-1,6-dipyridyl, 4-(3,4-dioxabenzene曱醯)-4-diamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-phenoxybenzidine)-4-diguanamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4 -fluorobenzoquinone)-4 -diamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-fluorophenylhydrazine)-4-morpholine-heptan-1,6-diene, 4-( 4-nonylthiobenzoquinone)-4-diamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-methylthiobenzoquinone)-4-morpholine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-dimethylaminophenylhydrazine)-4_dimethylamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-dimethylaminophenylhydrazine)-4-morpholine-heptane-1, 6-diene, 4-(4-morpholinanilide)-4-diamine-heptane-1,6-diene, 4-(4-morpholinylbenzhydrazide)-4 -? Geng - 1,6 - dilute, etc. Examples of the octane-1-one having 8 carbon atoms classified as a basic skeleton include 1-(4-morpholinium)-2-dimethylamine-2-benzyl-octane-1-one. 1-(4-norlophenyl)-2-diamine-2 -(4-^2)-octane-1-one. In the case where the curable composition of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (I) and the photopolymerization initiator or/and the thermal polymerization initiator of the component (B), the content ratio of each component is relative The component (A) is preferably 20 to 95% by weight, more preferably 30 to 90% by weight, based on the total amount of the curable composition. Further, the component (B) is preferably from 0.1 to 40% by weight, more preferably from 0.2 to 20% by weight. When the component (A) is too little or too little, the cum component (B) is too small, which tends to cause insufficient hardenability of the curable composition, and if the component (B) is too much, it is 42.
326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 影時易於發生基底污損。 [1 - 3 ] ( C )乙烯性不飽和化合物 本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(C)乙烯性不飽和化 合物亦可。成分(C )之乙烯性不飽和化合物係以本發明硬化 性組成物之硬化性之進一步提高等之目的下被含者較佳。 該乙烯性不飽和化合物在分子内具有至少1個自由基聚合 性之乙烯性不飽和鍵,以便在硬化性組成物受到活性光線 之照射時或被加熱時,藉包括前述成分(B )光聚合引發劑或 /及熱聚合引發劑之聚合引發.系之作用而發生加成聚合,甚 至交聯、硬化。 本發明之成分(C )之乙烯性不飽和化合物為在分子内具 有1個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具體而言,例如為(甲基) 丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸、衣康酸、檸康 酸等之不飽和羧酸及其烷酯,(甲基)丙烯腈、(曱基)丙烯 醯胺、苯乙烯等亦可,不過,根據聚合性、交聯性以及隨 之可擴大曝光部與非曝光部之顯影液溶解性之差異等之觀 點,以分子内具有 2個以上乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物較 佳,再者,以具有(曱基)丙稀醯氧基由來之不飽和鍵之丙 烯酸酯化合物特別合適。 為分子内具有2個以上之乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具 有代表性者,可舉出,由不飽和羧酸與多羥化合物所形成 之酯類(以下,亦稱為酯_(曱基)丙稀酸酯類)、含有(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基之磷酸酯類、由羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化合物與多 異氰酸酯化合物所形成之胺基曱酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類以 43 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 及由(曱基)丙烯酸或羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化合物與多環氧化 合物所形成之環氧(曱基)丙烯酸酯類等。 作為該項由不飽和羧酸與多羥化合物所形成之酯類,例 如可舉出,如前述之不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多羥化合物[多元 醇(如乙二醇、聚乙二醇(加成數 2〜1 4 )、丙二醇、聚丙二 醇(加成數2〜14)、三亞甲二醇、四亞曱二醇、六亞曱二醇、 三(羥曱)丙烷、丙三醇、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇及其環氧 乙烷加成物、環氧丙烷加成物、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等) 之反應物,具體可舉出,例如乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、 二(乙二醇)二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、三(羥曱)丙烷二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三(羥曱)丙烷三(曱 基)丙婦酸酯、三(經曱)丙烧環氧乙烧加成三(曱基)丙婦酸 酯、丙三醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、 丙三醇環氧丙烷加成三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇)五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇) 六(曱基)丙烯酸酯等,以及同樣之巴豆酸酯、異巴豆酸酯、 順丁烯二酸酯、衣康酸酯、檸康酸酯等。 此外,作為由該不飽和羧酸與多羥化合物所形成之酯類 可舉出,如前述之不飽和羧酸與芳香族多羥化合物(如氫 醌、間苯二酚、五倍子酚、雙酚F、雙酚A等)或其環氧乙 烷加成物所形成之反應物,例如具體可舉出雙酚A二(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、雙酚A雙[氧伸乙(甲基)丙烯酸酯]、雙酚A雙[縮 水甘油醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯]等,再者,作為如前述之不飽和 44 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 羧酸與雜環式多羥化合物(如參(2 -羥乙)異異氰J 所形成之反應物,例如具體可舉出參(2 -羥乙)異 酯之二(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等, 為不飽和羧酸與多元羧酸與多羥化合物所形成之 例如具體可舉出由(曱基)丙烯酸、酞酸以及乙二 之縮合物,由(甲基)丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸以及二 形成之縮合物,由(甲基)丙烯酸、對醜酸以及季 形成之縮合物,由(曱基)丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二 丙三醇所形成之縮合物等。 再者,作為該項含(曱基)丙烯醯氧基磷酸酯類 於含有(曱基)丙烯醯氧基之磷酸酯化合物的話, 受到限制,不過其中以下述通式(V I I I a )、( V I (V I I I c )所示者較佳。 -酸酯等) 異氰尿酸 再者,作 反應物, 醇所形成 乙二醇所 戊四醇所 醇、以及 ,主要屬 則未特別 [Ib)、或 ,10 H2C=C—C一0-(CH2)15一0326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 The substrate is prone to fouling. [1 - 3 ] (C) Ethylene unsaturated compound The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (C) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. The ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) is preferably contained for the purpose of further improving the hardenability of the curable composition of the present invention. The ethylenically unsaturated compound has at least one radically polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule so as to photopolymerize the component (B) when the curable composition is irradiated with active light or when heated. The initiator or the polymerization initiator of the thermal polymerization initiator initiates addition polymerization, even cross-linking and hardening. The ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C) of the present invention is a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, and specifically, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, and maleic acid An unsaturated carboxylic acid such as diacid, itaconic acid or citraconic acid or an alkyl ester thereof, (meth)acrylonitrile, (fluorenyl) acrylamide, styrene or the like may be used, but depending on the polymerizability and crosslinking And a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule, and further having a (fluorenyl)-propyl group, in view of the difference between the solubility of the developer in the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion, and the like. An acrylate compound having a dilute oxy group derived from an unsaturated bond is particularly suitable. Examples of the compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule include an ester formed of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyhydroxy compound (hereinafter, also referred to as an ester-based group). ) acrylates, phosphates containing (meth) propylene decyloxy groups, amino phthalate acrylates formed from hydroxy(fluorenyl) acrylate compounds and polyisocyanate compounds Epoxy (mercapto) acrylate formed from 43 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 and (meth)acrylic acid or hydroxy(fluorenyl) acrylate compound and polyepoxide Wait. Examples of the ester formed of the unsaturated carboxylic acid and the polyhydroxy compound include, for example, the aforementioned unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound [polyol (e.g., ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol ( Addition number 2~1 4 ), propylene glycol, polypropylene glycol (addition number 2 to 14), trimethylene glycol, tetrapropylene glycol, hexamethylene glycol, tris(hydroxyindole) propane, glycerol, pentaerythritol, The reactant of dipentaerythritol and its ethylene oxide adduct, propylene oxide adduct, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, etc., specifically, for example, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, di(b) Glycol) bis(indenyl) acrylate, propylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, tris(hydroxyindole) propane bis(indenyl) acrylate, tris(hydroxyindole) propane tris(indenyl)propionate, Addition of tris(sulfonate) acetoacetate, glycerol di(meth) acrylate, glycerol tri(meth) acrylate, glycerol epoxide Propane addition tris(indenyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol di(decyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol three Methyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetrakis(yl) acrylate, bis(pentaerythritol) penta (meth) acrylate, bis(pentaerythritol) hexa(indenyl) acrylate, and the like, and the same crotonate, isocrotonic acid Ester, maleate, itaconate, citraconate, and the like. Further, examples of the ester formed from the unsaturated carboxylic acid and the polyhydroxy compound include unsaturated carboxylic acids and aromatic polyhydroxy compounds (such as hydroquinone, resorcin, gallic phenol, bisphenol). Specific examples of the reactant formed by F, bisphenol A or the like or an ethylene oxide adduct thereof include bisphenol A bis(indenyl) acrylate and bisphenol A bis [oxygen extension (methyl)). Acrylate], bisphenol A bis [glycidyl ether (meth) acrylate], etc., as further as the above unsaturated 44 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 carboxylic acid and miscellaneous A reactant formed of a cyclic polyhydroxy compound (for example, bis(2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanide J, for example, bis(indenyl) acrylate of bis(2-hydroxyethyl) isoester, and tris (A) The acrylate or the like is formed of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyhydroxy compound, and specific examples thereof include a (meth)acrylic acid, a condensate of (meth)acrylic acid, decanoic acid, and ethylene. a condensate of maleic acid and two, formed by (meth)acrylic acid, glutamic acid, and quaternary formation a condensate formed of (fluorenyl)acrylic acid, adipic acid or butyl glycerin, etc. Further, as the present (fluorenyl) propylene oxy oxyphosphate, it contains (mercapto) propylene. The phosphonium phosphate compound is limited, but it is preferably represented by the following general formulae (VIII a ) and ( VI (VIII c ). - an acid ester or the like), and isocyanuric acid, as a reactant, Alcohol formed by ethylene glycol pentaerythritol, and the main genera is not particularly [Ib), or, 10 H2C=C-C-0-(CH2)15-0
0 II , N -p—(〇H)3-Q (Via) H2C=C—C一0—(CH2CH2O)] 一⑽)3_q (Mb)0 II , N -p—(〇H)3-Q (Via) H2C=C—C—0—(CH2CH2O)] One (10))3_q (Mb)
Q H pl0s 0 II … P——(OH) 3-q }^2〇==〇一C—0—(CH2CH2O) p—~[〇C (=0) CH2CH2CH2CH2CH23 p* 一〇 [式(Villa)、(Vlllb)、(VIIIc)中,R1Q 表示氫原子 p及p’為1〜25之整數,q為1、2、或3]。 在此,p及p ’ 以1〜1 0較佳,而以1〜4特別合 此等化合物之具體例,例如可舉出磷酸(甲基)丙 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 45 (Vic) 或曱基, 適,作為 燐醯氧乙 1297694 酯、磷酸雙[(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙酯]、磷酸(曱基)丙烯醯氧 乙二醇酯等,將此等化合物單獨使用或以混合物使用均可。 再者,作為該項胺基曱酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,例如可 舉出,羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化合物[如(曱基)丙烯酸羥甲酯、 (曱基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、四羥曱基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等] 與多異氰酸酯化合物[如脂肪族多異氰酸酯(如六亞甲二異 氰酸酯、1,8 -二異氰酸酯-4 -異氰酸酯甲基辛烷等)、脂環 式多異氰酸酯(如環己烷二異氰酸酯、二甲環己烷二異氰酸 酯、4,4 ’ -亞曱雙(環己異氰酸酯)、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、 雙環庚烷三異氰酸酯等)、芳香族多異氰酸酯(如4,4 ’ -二 苯曱烷二異氰酸酯、硫磷酸參(異氰酸酯苯酯)等)、雜環式 多異氰酸酯(如異異氰尿酸酯等)等]之反應產物。 尤其關於胺基甲酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,以1分子中具 有4個以上之胺基曱酸酯鍵[-NH - C0-0-]及4個以上之(曱 基)丙烯醯氧基之化合物較佳,該化合物係例如使用化合物 (i - 1 )其由1分子中具有4個以上羥基之化合物(如季戊四 醇、聚丙三醇等)與二異氰酸酯化合物(如六亞曱二異氰酸 酯、三甲六亞甲二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、曱伸 苯二異氰酸酯等)進行反應所得者;或化合物(i - 2 )其由 1 分子中具有2個以上羥基之化合物(如乙二醇等)與1分子 中具有 3個以上異氰酸酯基之化合物(如旭化成工業公司 產品「DURANATE24A-100」、「 DURANATE22 A - 75PX」、QH pl0s 0 II ... P——(OH) 3-q }^2〇==〇一C—0—(CH2CH2O) p—~[〇C (=0) CH2CH2CH2CH2CH23 p* 一〇[Villa (Villa), In (Vlllb) and (VIIIc), R1Q represents a hydrogen atom p and p' is an integer of 1 to 25, and q is 1, 2, or 3]. Here, p and p ' are preferably 1 to 10, and specific examples of the compound having 1 to 4 are, for example, phosphoric acid (methyl) propylene 326\patent specification (supplement)\94· 03\93134393 45 (Vic) or sulfhydryl, suitable as oxime B 1297694 ester, bis((meth) propylene oxirane phosphate), phosphoric acid (fluorenyl) propylene oxyethylene glycol ester, etc. These compounds may be used singly or as a mixture. Further, examples of the amino phthalate acrylates include hydroxy(indenyl) acrylate compounds [such as hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate. Ester, tetrahydroxydecylethane tri(meth)acrylate, etc. with polyisocyanate compounds [eg aliphatic polyisocyanates (eg hexamethylene diisocyanate, 1,8-diisocyanate-4 -isocyanate methyloctane, etc.) ), alicyclic polyisocyanate (such as cyclohexane diisocyanate, dimethylcyclohexane diisocyanate, 4,4 '-arylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), isophorone diisocyanate, bicycloheptane triisocyanate, etc.) ), the reaction of aromatic polyisocyanates (such as 4,4 '-diphenylnonane diisocyanate, thiophosphoric acid (isocyanate phenyl ester), etc.), heterocyclic polyisocyanate (such as isocyanuric acid ester, etc.) product. In particular, the urethane (mercapto) acrylate has four or more amino phthalate linkages [-NH - C0-0-] and four or more (fluorenyl) propylene oximes in one molecule. The compound of an oxy group is preferably a compound (i-1) which is a compound having 4 or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule (e.g., pentaerythritol, polyglycerol, etc.) and a diisocyanate compound (e.g., hexamethylene diisocyanate). , a reaction product obtained by reacting, a trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, an isophorone diisocyanate, a phenylene diisocyanate, or the like; or a compound (i - 2 ) having a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule (such as ethylene-2) (Alcohol, etc.) and a compound having three or more isocyanate groups in one molecule (such as Asahi Kasei Industrial Co., Ltd. "DURANATE24A-100", "DURANATE22 A - 75PX",
「 DURANATE21S_75E」、「 DURANATE18H-70B」等之二縮脲型, 如旭化成工業公司產品「DURANATEP-301-75E」、「DURANATE 46 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 E-402-90T」、「DURANATE E-405-80T」等之加成物型 $ 行反應所得者;或化合物(i _ 3 )由(甲基)丙烯酸異氰酸 之聚合或共聚合所得·者等之1分子中具有4個以上(6 上為佳)異氰酸酯基化合物,具‘體而言,例如使用旭化 業公司產品「DURANATEME20-100」(i)與1分子中具 個以上之羥基及2個以上(以3個以上較佳)之(曱基) 醯氧基之化合物(i i )(如季戊四醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯 (季戊四醇)三(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇)四(曱3 烯酸酯、二(季戊四醇)五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等)進行反應 得到該化合物。 在此,前述化合物(i)之分子量係以500〜200,000車交 而以1,000〜150, 000特別合適。再者,如前述之胺基 酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,其分子量係以6 0 0〜1 5 0,0 0 0較 再者,具有胺基甲酸酯鍵6個以上者較佳,而8個以 特別合適,具有(曱基)丙烯醯氧基6個以上者較佳, 個以上者特別合適。 又按,關於此種胺基甲酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,利 種例如使前述化合物(i )與前述化合物(i i )在有機溶女 曱苯或乙酸乙酯等)中,按前者之異氰酸酯基與後者之 之莫耳比1 / 1 0〜1 0 / 1之比率,依照需要使用二月桂酸 錫等之觸媒,在1 0〜1 5 0 °C溫度下以5分鐘〜3小時程度 間進行反應之方法即可製造。 關於本發明,在前述胺基甲酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類 下述通式(I X )所示者特別合適。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 47 ^ )進 乙酯 個以 成工 有1 丙稀 、二 、)丙 即可 佳, 曱酸 佳。 上者 而8 用一 ^ (如 羥基 正丁 之時 中, 1297694Diuret type such as "DURANATE21S_75E" or "DURANATE18H-70B", such as Asahi Kasei Industrial Co., Ltd. "DURANATEP-301-75E", "DURANATE 46 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 E-402 Addition of -90T", "DURANATE E-405-80T", etc., or a compound (i _ 3 ) obtained by polymerization or copolymerization of (meth)acrylic acid isocyanic acid There are four or more (6 is preferable) isocyanate-based compounds in one molecule, and for example, the product "DURANATEME20-100" (i) of Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd. and one or more hydroxyl groups and one molecule in one molecule are used. The above (more preferably 3 or more) compounds of the (fluorenyl) decyloxy group (ii) (eg pentaerythritol bis(indenyl) acrylate (pentaerythritol) tri(indenyl) acrylate, di(pentaerythritol) tetra (曱) 3 The enoate, bis(pentaerythritol) penta (meth) acrylate, etc. are reacted to obtain the compound. Here, the molecular weight of the above compound (i) is 500 to 200,000 and 1,000 to 150. 00 is particularly suitable. Furthermore, such as the aforementioned amino esters ( The acrylates have a molecular weight of from 6,000 to 1,500, and more preferably have 6 or more urethane linkages, and 8 are particularly suitable. The propylene oxy group is preferably 6 or more, and the above is particularly suitable. Further, regarding such urethane oxime acrylates, for example, the aforementioned compound (i) and the aforementioned compound ( Ii) in the organic solution of phenylene or ethyl acetate, etc., according to the ratio of the former isocyanate group to the latter molar ratio of 1 / 1 0 ~ 1 0 / 1, according to the needs of the use of tin dilaurate The medium can be produced by a reaction at a temperature of 10 to 150 ° C for 5 minutes to 3 hours. In the present invention, the urethane (mercapto) acrylate is particularly suitable as shown by the following formula (I X ). 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 47 ^) Into the ethyl ester, it is better to have 1 propylene, 2, and C, and the tannic acid is good. The upper one and 8 use a ^ (such as hydroxy-n-butyl, 1297694
Ra-|~fRb—〇)y-C—N—(-Rc-)y-N—C—Ο—Rd (ix) [式(IX)中,Ra表示具有伸烷氧基或伸芳氧基之反覆構造 且具有4〜20個可與Rb鍵結所得氧基之基,Rb及Rc各自 獨立表示碳原子數1〜1 0之伸烷基,R d表示具有1〜1 0個(曱 基)丙烯醯氧基之有機殘基,Ra、Rb、Rc、以及Rd各自具 有取代基亦可,x為4〜20之整數,y為0〜15之整數,z為 1〜1 5之整數]。 在此,作為式(I X )中R a之伸烧氧基之反覆構造,例如可 舉出,來自伸丙三醇、甘油、季戊四醇等之構造,而作為 伸芳氧基之反覆構造,例如可舉出,來自五倍子盼、1,3,5 -苯三酚等之構造。再者,關於Rb及Rc之伸烷基之碳原子 數,各自獨立成為1〜5者較佳,再者,Rd之(曱基)丙烯醯 氧基之數目係以1〜7較佳。再者,X係以4〜1 5較佳,y係 以1〜1 0較佳,而z係以1〜1 0較佳。 此外,R a係以下式[又按,式中之k為2〜1 0之整數]所 示者特別合適,Rb及Rc各自獨立成為二亞曱基、單甲二 亞甲基、或三亞甲基者特別合適,再者,R d係以下式所示 者特別合適。 48 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694Ra-|~fRb—〇)yC—N—(—Rc—)yN—C—Ο—Rd (ix) [In the formula (IX), Ra represents a reversible structure having an alkoxy group or an extended aryloxy group and There are 4 to 20 groups which can be bonded to Rb to obtain an oxy group, and Rb and Rc each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R d represents 1 to 10 (fluorenyl) propylene oxide. The organic residue of the group, Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd each may have a substituent, x is an integer of 4 to 20, y is an integer of 0 to 15, and z is an integer of 1 to 15. Here, the structure of the overhanging oxy group of R a in the formula (IX) may, for example, be a structure derived from glycerin, glycerin or pentaerythritol, and may be, for example, a reversible structure of an extended aryloxy group. For example, the structure is derived from gallnut, 1,3,5-benzenetriol and the like. Further, it is preferred that the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group of Rb and Rc is independently from 1 to 5, and the number of the (fluorenyl) propyleneoxy group of Rd is preferably from 1 to 7. Further, X is preferably 4 to 15, y is preferably 1 to 10, and z is preferably 1 to 10. Further, R a is particularly preferably represented by the following formula [also, wherein k is an integer of 2 to 10], and Rb and Rc each independently become a diindolyl group, a monomethylidene group, or a trimethylene group. The base is particularly suitable, and further, R d is particularly suitable as shown in the following formula. 48 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694
Ra ; -f-0—CH2一(|H-CH2—0士 0Ra ; -f-0—CH2一(|H-CH2—0士0
Q Q I Q 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 CH〇 | ch2 CHQ Q I Q 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 CH〇 | ch2 CH
Rd ; —0-CH2-C—CH2-0-CH2-〒一CH2一〇—Q —0-CH2-(j;-CH2一〇一Q CH2 ch2 ?h2 ? ? ? Q Q 〇 0 —o-ch2-ch~{ch2-o-q)2 (但、q 爲-c-ch=ch2 ) 再者,作為該項環氧(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,具體而言,例 如可舉出,(甲基)丙烯酸或如前述之羥(曱基)丙烯酸酯化 合物與多環氧化合物[如脂肪族多環氧化合物(如(聚)乙二 醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)丙二醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)四亞甲 二醇多縮水甘油_、(聚)五亞曱二醇多縮水甘油酿、(聚) 新戊二醇多縮水甘油醚、(聚)六亞甲二醇多縮水甘油醚、 (聚)三經曱丙烧多縮水甘油喊、(聚)丙三醇多縮水甘油 醚、(聚)葡萄糖醇多縮水甘油醚等);芳香族多環氧化合物 (如苯酚型酚醛樹脂多環氧化合物、溴化苯酚型酚醛樹脂多 環氧化合物、(鄰-,間-,對-)曱苯酚型酚醛樹脂多環氧化合 物、雙酚A多環氧化合物、雙酚F多環氧化合物等);雜環 式多環氧化合物(如山梨糖醇多縮水甘油醚、三縮水甘油異 異氰尿酸酯、三縮水甘油參(2 -羥乙)異異氰尿酸酯等)等] 所形成之反應產物等。 49 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 再者,作為其他之乙烯性不飽和化合物,除了前述之外, 例如可舉出,(甲基)丙烯醯胺類(如伸乙雙(曱基)丙烯醯胺 等)、烯丙酯類(如酞酸二烯丙酯等)、含乙烯基化合物類(如 酞酸二乙烯酯等)、含硫醚鍵化合物類(使含醚鍵乙烯性不 飽和化合物之醚鍵藉五硫化磷等加以硫化,以變為硫醚鍵 而提高交聯速度者),以及例如曰本專利第3 1 6 4 4 0 7號公報 及特開平 9 - 1 0 0 1 1 1號公報等所載述之使多官能(曱基)丙 稀酸醋化合物與粒徑5〜3 0 n m之二氧化石夕溶膠[例如,異丙 醇分散有機二氧化矽溶膠(曰產化學公司產品「I P A - S T」)、 曱基乙基酮分散有機二氧化矽溶膠(日產化學公司產品 「MEK-ST」)、曱基異丁基酮分散有機二氧化矽溶膠(日產 化學公司產品「MIBK-ST」)等],利用一含有異氰酸酯基或 磺胺基之矽烷偶合劑結合而成之化合物等,對一種乙烯性 不飽和化合物藉由矽烷偶合劑使二氧化矽溶膠起反應而結 合,藉此提高硬化物之強度或耐熱性之化合物類等。 將以上之乙烯性不飽和化合物單獨使用或二種以上一起 使用均可。在本發明中,作為以上之成分(C)之乙烯性不飽 和化合物,以酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、含(曱基)丙烯醯氧基 磷酸酯類、或胺基曱酸酯(曱基)丙烯酸酯類較佳,其中以 酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯類特別合適,而在酯-(曱基)丙烯酸酯 類中,含有如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、或雙酚A之聚環氧乙 烷加成物等之聚氧伸烷基,且含有2個以上之(曱基)丙烯 醯氧基之酯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯類進一步較佳。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分(C)之乙烯性不飽 50 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 和化合物含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 1〜7 0 w t % 較佳,而以5〜60wt%進一步較佳。若成分(C)含量小於上述 範圍,則有造成硬化性組成物之硬化性不足之傾向,另若 大於上述範圍,則有造成黏性不足之傾向。 [1 _ 4 ] ( D )環氧化合物 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(D )環氧化合物亦 可。成分(D)之環氧化合物係在本發明之硬化性組成物被使 用於阻焊層用途、外敷層用途、肋條用途、或間隔物用途 之情形,在提高硬化物之耐熱性或耐藥品性或其他之目的 下被含亦可。該環氧化合物可舉出由構成所謂環氧樹脂之 反覆單元之多羥化合物與表氯醇之反應所得之多縮水甘油 醚化合物、由多元羧酸化合物與表氣醇之反應所得之多縮 水甘油酯化合物以及由多胺化合物與表氯醇之反應所得之 多縮水甘油胺化合物等,係從低分子量物直到高分子量物 之化合物。 作為該多縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可舉出,聚乙二醇之 二縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物、雙(4 -羥苯)之二縮水甘油醚 型環氧化合物、雙(3,5 -二曱-4 -羥苯)之二縮水甘油醚型環 氧化合物、雙齡F之二縮水甘油醚型環氧化合物、雙盼A 之二縮水甘油鍵型環氧化合物、四曱雙盼A之二縮水甘油 醚型環氧化合物、環氧乙烧加成雙齡A之二縮水甘油醚型 環氧化合物、苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧化合物、曱苯酚系酚 醛樹脂型環氧化合物等,此等多縮水甘油醚化合物為由殘 存之羥基與酸酐或2價之酸化合物等反應而導入有羧基者 51 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 亦可。 再者,作為該多縮水甘油酯化合物,例如可舉出,六氫 酞酸之二縮水甘油酯型環氧化合物、酞酸之二縮水甘油酯 型環氧化合物等,再者,作為該多縮水甘油胺化合物,例 如可舉出,雙(4 -胺苯)曱烷之二縮水甘油胺化合物、異氰 尿酸之三縮水甘油胺化合物等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(D )之環氧化合物 含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 1〜7 0 w t %較佳,而 以5〜5 0 w t %進一步較佳。若成分(D )含量小於上述範圍,則 有造成硬化性組成物之硬化性不足之傾向,另若大於上述 範圍,則易於造成顯影時之非晝像部白化不良等之問題。 [1 - 5 ] ( E )環氧硬化劑 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(E )環氧硬化劑亦 可。成分(E)之環氧硬化劑最好能在提高硬化性組成物之硬 化性或其他之目的下,在含有成分(D )之環氧化合物之情形 一起被使用。作為該成分(E )之環氧硬化劑,例如可舉出, 多元羧酸酐類(如丁二酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、酞 酸酐、四氫酞酸酐、3 -曱基四氫酞酸酐、4 -曱基四氫酞酸 酐、3 -乙基四氫酞酸酐、4 -乙基四氫酞酸酐、六氫酞酸酐、 3 -曱基六氫酞酸酐、4 -曱基六氫酞酸酐、3 -乙基六氫酞酸 酐、4 -乙基六氫酞酸酐、偏苯三曱酸酐、聯苯四羧酸酐等); 有機膦類(如三丁膦、三苯膦、參-2 -氰乙膦等);咪唑類(如 咪唑、2 -甲基咪唑、2 -乙基咪唑、2 -乙基-4 -曱基咪唑、2 -苯基咪唑、4 -苯基咪唑、1 _( 2 -氰乙)-2 -苯基咪唑、1 - ( 2 - 52 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 氰乙)-2 -乙基-4 -甲基咪唑等);胺化合物類(如氰胍、苄甲 胺、4 -甲苄- N,N -二甲胺、4-曱氧苄-N,N-二曱胺、4-二曱 胺苄-N,N -二甲胺等);胺對稱三°井類(如 2,4,6 -三胺對稱 三°井、2 -乙婦-4,6_二胺對稱三σ井、2 -乙稀-4,6 -二胺對稱 三畊•異氰尿酸加成物、2,4 -二胺-6 -甲基丙烯醯氧乙對稱 三畊、2,4 -二胺-6 -甲基丙烯醯氧乙對稱三畊•異氰尿酸加 成物等);四級銨鹽類(如氣化苄三甲銨、氯化苯三丁銨 等);鐫鹽類(如溴化三正丁 - 2,5 -二羥苯鱗、氯化十六基三 丁鐫等)等,其中以具有-ΝΗ-基者較佳,而以胺化合物類及 胺對稱三畊類較佳,尤以氰胍、2,4,6 -三胺對稱三ϋ井特別 合適。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(Ε)之環氧硬化劑 之含有率係基於硬化性組成物之經時安定性方面之考慮, 相對於硬化性組成物總量,以1 w t %以下較佳,而以0 . 7 w t % 以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 6 ] ( F )胺化合物 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(F )胺化合物亦 可。成分(F )之胺化合物最好能在提高硬化物之耐熱性或耐 藥品性或其他之目的下被含在該組成物内。此成分(F )之胺 化合物可舉出,具有至少2個由充當官能基之羥曱基經碳 原子數1〜8之醇縮合改質而成之烷氧甲基之胺化合物,例 如可舉出,由三聚氰胺與曱醛之聚縮合所得之三聚氰胺樹 脂,由苯胍胺(Benzoguanamine)與甲酸之聚縮合所得之苯 胍胺樹脂,由乙炔脲與甲醛之聚縮合所得之乙炔脲樹脂, 53 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 由脲與甲醛之聚縮合所得之脲樹脂,由選自三聚氰胺、苯 胍胺、乙炔脲、脲等之二種以上與甲醛之共聚縮合所得之 樹脂,以及由此等樹脂之羥曱基經醇縮合改質而成之改質 樹脂等。在其中,以本發明而言,以三聚氰胺樹脂及其改 質樹脂較佳,而以羥曱基之改質比率為 7 0 %以上之改質樹 脂進一步較佳,尤以8 0 %以上之改質樹脂特別合適。 關於此項成分(F )之胺化合物之具體例,三聚氰胺樹脂及 其改質樹脂可舉出Mi tsui Thy tec公司之「THYMEL」(註冊 商標)3 Ο Ο ' 301 > 3 0 3 > 3 5 0 ' 7 3 6 > 7 3 8、3 7 0 ' 771 > 3 2 5 ' 327、 703 > 701 > 266 > 267' 285、 232' 235' 238、 1141、 272、254、202、1156、1158,及三和化學公司之「NIKALACK」 (註冊商標)E-2151、 MW-100LM、 MX-750LM,再者,苯胍胺 樹脂及其改質樹脂可舉出「Τ Η Υ Μ E L」(註冊商標)1 1 2 3、 1 1 2 5、1 1 2 8,再者,乙炔脲樹脂及其改質樹脂可舉出 「 THYMEL 」(註冊商標)1170 、 1171、 1174、 1172,及 「NIKALACK」(註冊商標)MX- 2 7 0,再者,脲樹脂及其改質 樹脂可舉出MitsuiThytec公司之「UFR」(註冊商標)65、 300,及「NIKALACK」(註冊商標)MX-290 等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(F )之胺化合物之 含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 2 0 w t %以下較佳, 而以1 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 7 ] ( G )聚合加速劑 在本發明之硬化性組成物進一步含有(G )聚合加速劑亦 可。成分(G )之聚合加速劑在提高硬化性組成物之聚合引發 54 326\專利說明書(補件)\94_〇3\93134393 1297694 性能或其他之目的下被含亦可。該成分(G )之聚合加速劑係 以胺基酸之酯或雙極離子化合物較佳,該胺基酸之酯或雙 極離子化合物係以下述通式(X a )或(X b )所示者較佳。 r39 r41 ο Ν——C一 (CH2)s—C—〇—R43 (X a ) R40 R42 r39 r41 〇 R44—N1—0——(CH2) S—C—〇— (X b ) R40 R42 [式(Xa)及(Xb)中,R39及R4Q各自獨立表示可具有取代基之 烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、可具有取代基之雜環基或氫 原子,R41及R42各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或氫原 子,R43表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基或 可具有取代基之芳基,R44表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具 有取代基之芳基或可具有取代基之雜環基,s為0〜10之整 數]。 在此,式(Xa)及(Xb)中之 R39、R4°、R41、R42、R43、以及 R4 4之烷基,以具有碳原子數1〜8者較佳,而以1〜4者進一 步較佳。再者,R4 3之烯基,例如可舉出乙稀基、烯丙基、 異丙烯基等,再者,R39、R4G、R41、以及R44之芳基,例如 可舉出苯基、萘基等,再者,R39、R4Q、以及R44之雜環基, 例如可舉出呋喃基(f u r y 1 )、呋喃基(f u r a n y 1 )、°比咯基、 °比ϋ定基等。 再者,作為該等烷基及烯基上之取代基,例如可舉出烷 55 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 氧基、烷氧羰基、烯氧基、烯氧羰基、苯基、鹵素原子等, 再者,作為該等芳基及雜環基上之取代基,例如可舉出, 可具有烷氧基、苯基等取代基之烷基、烷氧基、烯基、烯 氧基、醯基、醯氧基、烯氧羰基、苯氧基、烷硫基、烷磺 醯基及醛基、羧基、羥基、磺酸基、硝基、氰基、i素原 子等。 關於本發明,在以上之前述通式(Xa )或(Xb )所示胺基酸 之酯或雙極離子化合物中,以式(Xa)中之R39及R4°之一方 為氫原子且另一方為可具有取代基之苯基,R41及R42均為 氫原子,R43為可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代基之苯 基,s為0、1、或2之胺基酸酯較佳,或以式(Xb)中之R3S 及R4°均為氫原子或其一方為可具有取代基之烷基,R41及 R42均為氫原子,R44為可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代 基之苯基,s為0、1、或2之胺基雙極離子化合物較佳; 其中,以前述通式(Xa)中之s為0,R39及R4°之一方為氫 原子且另一方為苯基,R41及R42均為氫原子時之N -苯胺乙 酸之酯(尤以R4 3為苄基時之N -苯胺乙酸苄酯)特別合適, 或以式(Xb)中之s為0,R39、R4°、R41、以及R42均為氫原子 且R44為苯基時之N-苯基胺乙酸之雙極離子化合物特別合適。 又按,在本發明中,進一步含有前述胺基酸之酯或雙極 離子化合物以外之聚合加速劑作為成分(G)之聚合加速劑 亦可,作為該聚合加速劑,例如可舉出含磺胺基化合物類 (如 2 - Μ苯并ϋ塞。坐、2 -魏苯并味ϋ坐、2 -魏苯并4 σ坐、3 -魏 -1,2,4 -三唑、2 -巯-4 ( 3 Η )-喹唑啉、/3 _酼萘、乙二醇二硫 56 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93〗34393 1297694 丙酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷參(硫丙酸酯)、# 酿)等);多官能硫醇化合物類(如己烧二 烷參(酼乙酸酯)、季戊四醇肆(硫丙酸酯 之胺基酸或其衍生物類(如 N,N -二烷基 胺乙酸或其銨鹽、鈉鹽等衍生物,苯基 鹽、酯等之衍生物等)等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成4 之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量 佳,而以1 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 [1 _ 8 ] ( Η )無機填充劑 再者,本發明硬化性組成物使用之成分 係在提高硬化物之強度或其他為目的之 該成分(Η )之無機填充劑,例如可舉出滑 化鋁、硫酸鋇、氧化鎂等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分 之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量 佳,而以5 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 [;! - 9 ] ( I )界面活性劑 再者,本發明硬化性組成物使用之成矣 係在提高硬化性組成物充當塗佈液時之 或其他之目的下被含亦可。為此,具體 陰離子性、陽離子性、兩性以及氟系等 具體而言,例如該非離子性界面活性劑 基烷基醚類、聚氧伸乙基聚氧伸丙基烷 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 57 i戊四醇肆(硫丙酸 硫醇、三羥曱基丙 )等);具有芳香環 胺苯曱酸酯,N -苯 丙胺酸或其銨、鈉 w ( G )之聚合加速劑 ,以 2 0 w t %以下較 、(Η )之無機填充劑 下被含亦可。作為 石、二氧化矽、氧 、(Η )之無機填充劑 ,以 7 0 w t %以下較 w ( I )之界面活性劑 塗佈性以及顯影性 可舉出非離子性、 之界面活性劑。更 ,可舉出聚氧伸乙 基醚類、聚氧伸乙 1297694 基烷基苯醚類、聚氧伸乙基烷酯類、聚氧伸乙基脂肪酸酯 類、丙三醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基丙三醇脂肪酸酯類、 季戊四醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基季戊四醇脂肪酸酯類、 山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯類、 葡萄糖醇脂肪酸酯類、聚氧伸乙基葡萄糖醇脂肪酸酯類, 再者,該陰離子性界面活性劑,可舉出烷基磺酸鹽類、烷 基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、聚氧伸乙基烷基醚磺酸 鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基硫酸酯鹽類、高級醇硫酸酯鹽 類、脂肪族醇硫酸酯鹽類、聚氧伸乙基烷基醚硫酸鹽類、 聚氧伸乙基烷基苯醚硫酸鹽類、烷基磷酸酯鹽類、聚氧伸 乙基烷基醚磷酸鹽類、聚氧伸乙基烷基苯醚磷酸鹽類等, 再者,該陽離子性界面活性劑,可舉出4級銨鹽類、咪唑 σ林衍生物類、胺鹽類等,再者,該兩性界面活性劑,可舉 出甜菜請型化合物類、ϋ米銼(i m i d a ζ ο 1 i u m )鹽類、味σ坐淋 類、胺基酸類等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,前述成分(I )之界面活性劑 之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 1 〇 w t %以下較 佳,而以5 w t %以下進一步較佳。 [1 - 1 0 ] ( J )增感色素 此外,本發明硬化性組成物使用之成分(J )之增感色素最 好能在提高硬化性組成物之感光性或其他之目的下被含在 該組成物内。該增感色素為在波長3 5 0〜43 Onm之藍紫色之 領域具有吸收極大(值)之光吸收色素,為此可舉出二烷基 胺苯系化合物、吡咯亞甲系化合物、三羥嘧啶衍生物等, 58 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 其中以二烷基胺苯系化合物較佳。 在該項較佳之二烷基胺苯系化合物中,尤其以二烷基胺 苯基酮系化合物、在對位(以苯環上之胺基為基準)之碳原 子具有雜環基為取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物、在對位(以 苯環上之胺基為基準)之碳原子具有含磺醯亞胺基之取代 基之二烷基胺苯系化合物,以及形成有2 -羥基喹啉骨架之 二烷基胺苯系化合物較佳。 該二烷基胺二苯基酮系化合物係以下述通式(X I )所示者 較佳。Rd ; —0-CH2-C—CH2-0-CH2-〒一CH2一〇—Q —0-CH2-(j;-CH2 一〇一Q CH2 ch2 ?h2 ? ? ? QQ 〇0 —o-ch2 -ch~{ch2-oq)2 (however, q is -c-ch=ch2) Further, as the epoxy (fluorenyl) acrylate, specifically, (meth) Acrylic acid or a hydroxy(indenyl) acrylate compound as described above and a polyepoxy compound [such as an aliphatic polyepoxide (such as (poly)ethylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (poly) propylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, (poly ) tetramethylene glycol polyglycidyl _, (poly) pentaethylene glycol polyglycidol, (poly) neopentyl glycol polyglycidyl ether, (poly) hexamethylene glycol polyglycidyl ether, ( Poly) glycerin, polyglycidol, poly(glycidyl polyglycidyl ether, (poly)glucitol polyglycidyl ether, etc.); aromatic polyepoxide (such as phenolic phenolic resin) Compound, brominated phenolic phenolic resin polyepoxide, (o-, m-, p-) phenol phenolic resin polyepoxide, bisphenol A polyepoxide, bisphenol F polyepoxidation Compounds, etc.; heterocyclic polyepoxides (such as sorbitol polyglycidyl ether, triglycidyl isocyanurate, triglycidyl (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate, etc.) Etc.] formed reaction product and the like. 49 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Further, as the other ethylenically unsaturated compound, in addition to the above, for example, (meth) acrylamide (for example, Bis(fluorenyl) acrylamide, etc.), allyl esters (such as diallyl phthalate), vinyl-containing compounds (such as divinyl citrate), and thioether-containing compounds (including The ether bond of the ether-bonded ethylenically unsaturated compound is vulcanized by phosphorus pentasulfide or the like to become a thioether bond to increase the crosslinking speed, and, for example, the Japanese Patent No. 3 1 4 4 4 7 7 and the special Kaiping 9 - 1 0 0 1 1 (1), such as a polyfunctional (fluorenyl) acetoacetate compound and a particle size of 5 to 30 nm of a cerium oxide sol [for example, isopropanol dispersed organic two Cerium oxide sol (product "IPA-ST" from 曰Product Chemical Co., Ltd.), thioglycol ketone dispersed organic cerium oxide sol (product of "MEK-ST" by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd.), fluorenyl isobutyl ketone dispersed organic cerium oxide Sol (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. product "MIBK-ST"), etc., using an isocyanate-containing group Silane coupling agents and other compounds sulfonamide group of the bonded, to one ethylenically unsaturated compound Silane coupling agent by making react silicon dioxide sol and binding, thereby increasing the strength of a cured heat resistance or the like of the compounds. The above ethylenically unsaturated compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. In the present invention, as the ethylenically unsaturated compound of the above component (C), an ester-(mercapto) acrylate, a (fluorenyl) propylene oxy oxyphosphate, or an amino phthalate ( Mercapto acrylates are preferred, with ester-(fluorenyl) acrylates being particularly suitable, and ester-(mercapto) acrylates containing, for example, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, or bisphenol A. Further, a polyoxyalkylene group such as a polyethylene oxide adduct and a (meth) acrylate containing two or more (fluorenyl) acryloxy groups are further preferred. In the curable composition of the present invention, the ethylenic unsaturated 50 326 \patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 and the compound content of the component (C) are relative to the total amount of the hardenable composition. It is preferably from 1 to 70% by weight, more preferably from 5 to 60% by weight. When the content of the component (C) is less than the above range, the curability of the curable composition tends to be insufficient, and if it is larger than the above range, the viscosity tends to be insufficient. [1 _ 4 ] (D) Epoxy compound The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (D) an epoxy compound. The epoxy compound of the component (D) is used to improve the heat resistance or chemical resistance of the cured product when the curable composition of the present invention is used for a solder resist layer application, an overcoat layer application, a rib application, or a spacer application. Or other purposes may be included. The epoxy compound may be a polyglycidyl ether compound obtained by a reaction of a polyhydroxy compound constituting a repeating unit of a so-called epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin, or a polyglycidol obtained by reacting a polyvalent carboxylic acid compound with a surface alcohol. The ester compound and the polyglycidylamine compound obtained by the reaction of the polyamine compound and epichlorohydrin are compounds from a low molecular weight substance to a high molecular weight substance. Examples of the polyglycidyl ether compound include a diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound of polyethylene glycol, a diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound of bis(4-hydroxybenzene), and bis(3,5- Di-glycidyl ether type epoxy compound of dioxon-4-hydroxybenzene), bis-glycidyl ether type epoxy compound of double age F, diglycidyl epoxy compound of double expectant A, and bismuth A a diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound, an ethylene epoxidation addition double aging A diglycidyl ether type epoxy compound, a phenol type phenol resin type epoxy compound, a phenol phenol type phenol resin type epoxy compound, etc. The polyglycidyl ether compound may be a compound obtained by reacting a residual hydroxyl group with an acid anhydride or a divalent acid compound, etc. 51 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694. In addition, examples of the polyglycidyl ester compound include a diglycidyl ester type epoxy compound of hexahydrophthalic acid, a diglycidyl ester type epoxy compound of citric acid, and the like. Examples of the glycerolamine compound include a diglycidylamine compound of bis(4-aminophenyl)nonane, a triglycidylamine compound of isocyanuric acid, and the like. In the curable composition of the present invention, the epoxy compound content of the component (D) is preferably from 1 to 70% by weight, more preferably from 5 to 50% by weight, based on the total amount of the curable composition. Preferably. When the content of the component (D) is less than the above range, the curability of the curable composition tends to be insufficient, and if it is larger than the above range, problems such as poor whitening of the image-forming portion during development tend to occur. [1 - 5 ] (E) Epoxy curing agent The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (E) an epoxy curing agent. The epoxy hardener of the component (E) is preferably used together with the epoxy compound containing the component (D) for the purpose of improving the hardening property of the curable composition or the like. Examples of the epoxy curing agent of the component (E) include polycarboxylic acid anhydrides (e.g., succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and 3-mercapto-4). Hydrophthalic anhydride, 4-mercaptotetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-mercaptohexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-mercapto-6 Hydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, biphenyltetracarboxylic anhydride, etc.; organic phosphines (such as tributylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, ginseng -2 - cyanoethyl phosphine, etc.); imidazoles (such as imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-mercaptoimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 4-phenylimidazole, 1 _( 2 -Cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole, 1 - ( 2 - 52 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole And other amine compounds (such as cyanogen, benzylamine, 4-methylbenzyl-N,N-dimethylamine, 4-oxime-benzyl-N,N-diamine, 4-diguanamine-benzyl-N , N-dimethylamine, etc.; amine symmetrical three wells (such as 2,4,6-triamine symmetrical three wells, 2 - Women-4,6_diamine symmetric three-sigma well, 2-ethylene-4,6-diamine symmetric three-pile • isocyanuric acid adduct, 2,4-diamine-6-methylpropene oxime Symmetrical three-ploughing, 2,4-diamine-6-methylpropene oxyethylene symmetrical three-tillage, isocyanuric acid addition, etc.); quaternary ammonium salts (such as gasified benzalkonium chloride, chlorinated butyl chloride) Ammonium, etc.; strontium salts (such as tri-n-butyl bromide - 2,5-dihydroxybenzene scale, hexadecyltrimethane chloride, etc.), etc., wherein the group has a -ΝΗ- group, and an amine Compounds and amines are preferably symmetrical, especially in the case of cyanogenic and 2,4,6-triamine symmetrical triterpenes. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the epoxy hardener of the above component (Ε) is based on the stability of the curable composition with respect to the stability of the composition, and is 1 wt% based on the total amount of the curable composition. % is preferably lower, and further preferably 0.7% by weight or less. [1 - 6 ] (F) Amine compound The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (F) an amine compound. The amine compound of the component (F) is preferably contained in the composition for improving the heat resistance or chemical resistance of the cured product or the like. The amine compound of the component (F) may, for example, be an amine compound having at least two alkoxymethyl groups modified by condensation of a hydroxy group serving as a functional group with an alcohol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example, a melamine resin obtained by polycondensation of melamine and furfural, a benzoguanamine resin obtained by polycondensation of Benzoguanamine with formic acid, an acetylene urea resin obtained by polycondensation of acetylene urea with formaldehyde, 53 326 \Patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 Urea resin obtained by polycondensation of urea and formaldehyde, obtained by copolymer condensation of two or more kinds selected from melamine, benzoguanamine, acetylene urea, urea, etc. with formaldehyde The resin and the modified resin obtained by reforming the hydroxy thiol group of the resin by alcohol condensation. In the present invention, the melamine resin and the modified resin thereof are preferred, and the modified resin having a hydroxyhydrazine group modification ratio of 70% or more is further preferably more preferably 80% or more. The resin is particularly suitable. Specific examples of the amine compound of the component (F) include a "THYMEL" (registered trademark) 3 Ο Ο '301 > 3 0 3 > 3 of the melamine resin and its modified resin. 5 0 ' 7 3 6 > 7 3 8 , 3 7 0 ' 771 > 3 2 5 ' 327, 703 > 701 > 266 > 267' 285, 232' 235' 238, 1141, 272, 254, 202, 1156, 1158, and "NIKALACK" (registered trademark) E-2151, MW-100LM, MX-750LM of Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd. Further, benzoguanamine resin and its modified resin can be cited as "Τ Η Υ Μ EL" (registered trademark) 1 1 2 3, 1 1 2 5, 1 1 2 8 . Further, acetylene urea resin and its modified resin include "THYMEL" (registered trademark) 1170, 1171, 1174, 1172. And "NIKALACK" (registered trademark) MX-277. Further, urea resin and its modified resin include "UFR" (registered trademark) 65, 300, and "NIKALACK" (registered trademark) of Mitsui Thytec Co., Ltd. MX-290 and so on. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the amine compound of the component (F) is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less, based on the total amount of the curable composition. . [1 - 7 ] (G) Polymerization Accelerator The curable composition of the present invention may further contain (G) a polymerization accelerator. The polymerization accelerator of the component (G) may be contained in the polymerization initiation of the curable composition, 54 326\patent specification (supplement)\94_〇3\93134393 1297694 for performance or other purposes. The polymerization accelerator of the component (G) is preferably an amino acid ester or a bipolar ion compound, and the amino acid ester or bipolar ion compound is represented by the following formula (X a ) or (X b ). The display is preferred. R39 r41 ο Ν——C—(CH2)s—C—〇—R43 (X a ) R40 R42 r39 r41 〇R44—N1—0—(CH2) S—C—〇—(X b ) R40 R42 [ In the formulae (Xa) and (Xb), R39 and R4Q each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent or a hydrogen atom, and R41 and R42 each independently represent An alkyl group or a hydrogen atom which may have a substituent, R43 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent, and R44 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, may have a substitution The aryl group or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, s is an integer of 0 to 10]. Here, the alkyl groups of R39, R4°, R41, R42, R43, and R4 4 in the formulae (Xa) and (Xb) are preferably those having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and further preferably 1 to 4; Preferably. Further, examples of the alkenyl group of R4 3 include an ethyl group, an allyl group, an isopropenyl group and the like. Further, examples of the aryl group of R39, R4G, R41 and R44 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. Further, examples of the heterocyclic group of R39, R4Q and R44 include furyl (fury 1 ), furanyl (furany 1 ), ° specific group, and ϋ ϋ 。. Further, examples of the substituent on the alkyl group and the alkenyl group include alkane 55 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 oxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxy group, olefinoxy group Further, examples of the substituent on the aryl group and the heterocyclic group include a carbonyl group, a phenyl group, a halogen atom, and the like, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group which may have a substituent such as an alkoxy group or a phenyl group. Alkenyl, alkenyloxy, decyl, decyloxy, olefinoxycarbonyl, phenoxy, alkylthio, alkanesulfonyl and aldehyde groups, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, sulfonic acid group, nitro group, cyano group, i element Atoms, etc. In the present invention, in the above-mentioned ester of an amino acid represented by the above formula (Xa) or (Xb) or a bipolar ion compound, one of R39 and R4 in the formula (Xa) is a hydrogen atom and the other is The phenyl group which may have a substituent, R41 and R42 are each a hydrogen atom, R43 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and an amino acid ester of s of 0, 1, or 2 is preferably. Or R3S and R4° in the formula (Xb) are each a hydrogen atom or one of them may be an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R41 and R42 are each a hydrogen atom, and R44 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or may have a substitution. The phenyl group of the group is preferably an amine bipolar ion compound having s of 0, 1, or 2; wherein, in the above formula (Xa), s is 0, and one of R39 and R4° is a hydrogen atom and the other side An ester of N-anilineacetic acid in the case of a phenyl group, wherein R41 and R42 are each a hydrogen atom (especially N-aniline acetate in the case where R4 3 is a benzyl group) is particularly suitable, or s in the formula (Xb) is 0. A bipolar ionic compound of N-phenylaminoacetic acid wherein R39, R4°, R41 and R42 are each a hydrogen atom and R44 is a phenyl group is particularly suitable. Further, in the present invention, a polymerization accelerator other than the ester of an amino acid or a bipolar ion compound may be further contained as a polymerization accelerator of the component (G). Examples of the polymerization accelerator include a sulfonamide. Base compounds (such as 2-indolyl benzopyrene. Sit, 2-wei-benzo benzoquinone, 2-weibenzo-4 sigma, 3-wei-1,2,4-triazole, 2-indole- 4 ( 3 Η )-quinazoline, /3 _ 酼 naphthalene, ethylene glycol disulfide 56 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93〗 34393 1297694 propionate, trihydroxy decyl propane ginseng ( Thiopropionate, # brewing, etc.; polyfunctional thiol compounds (such as hexadiene ginseng (indole acetate), pentaerythritol bismuth (the amino acid of thiopropionate or its derivatives (such as N,N-dialkylamine acetic acid or a derivative thereof such as an ammonium salt or a sodium salt, a derivative such as a phenyl salt or an ester, etc.). In the curable composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the above 4 is It is more preferably 10 wt% or less with respect to the total amount of the curable composition. [1 _ 8 ] ( Η ) Inorganic filler Further, the component used in the curable composition of the present invention is improved. Examples of the inorganic filler of the strength of the compound or the other component (Η) for the purpose of the composition include, for example, aluminum slip, barium sulfate, magnesium oxide, etc. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the component is relatively The total amount of the curable composition is good, and more preferably 50% by weight or less. [;! - 9 ] (I) Surfactant Further, the sputum system used in the curable composition of the present invention improves the hardenability. The composition may be contained as a coating liquid or for other purposes. Specifically, specific anionic, cationic, amphoteric, fluorine-based, etc., for example, the nonionic surfactant-based alkyl ethers, Polyoxyethylene ethyl polyoxyalkylene 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 57 ipentaerythritol (thiol thiol, trishydroxypropyl propyl), etc.; with aromatic ring A benzoyl phthalate, a polymerization accelerator of N-phenylalanine or its ammonium or sodium w (G), may be contained under an inorganic filler of 20% by weight or less, and may be contained as a stone or a dioxide.无机, oxygen, (Η) inorganic filler, with an interface of 70% or less and w (I) The coating property and the developability include a nonionic surfactant, and examples thereof include polyoxyethylene ether, polyoxyethylene 1297694 alkyl phenyl ether, and polyoxyethyl ether. Alkyl esters, polyoxyethylidene esters, glycerol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene ethyl glycerol fatty acid esters, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, sorbitol a fatty acid ester, a polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, a glucose alcohol fatty acid ester, or a polyoxyethylene glycol alcohol fatty acid ester. Further, the anionic surfactant may be an alkyl sulfonic acid. Salts, alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, polyoxyethylene ethyl ether sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfates, higher alcohol sulfates Classes, aliphatic alcohol sulfates, polyoxyethylene ethyl ether sulfates, polyoxyethylene ethyl phenyl ether sulfates, alkyl phosphate salts, polyoxyethylene ethyl ethers Phosphate, polyoxyethylene ethyl phenyl ether phosphate, etc. Further, the cation Examples of the surfactant include a grade 4 ammonium salt, an imidazole sigma derivative, an amine salt, and the like. Further, the amphoteric surfactant may be a beet type compound or an imida ζ ο. 1 ium ) salts, taste σ sitting, amino acids, etc. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the surfactant of the component (I) is preferably 1% by weight or less based on the total amount of the curable composition, and more preferably 5% by weight or less. . [1 - 1 0 ] (J) sensitizing dye, the sensitizing dye of the component (J) used in the curable composition of the present invention is preferably contained in the photosensitive or other purpose of improving the curable composition. Within the composition. The sensitizing dye is a light absorbing dye having a maximum absorption (value) in the blue-violet region of a wavelength of 550 to 43 Onm, and examples thereof include a dialkylamine benzene compound, a pyrrole amide compound, and a trihydroxyl group. Pyrimidine derivatives and the like, 58 326\patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 1297694 Among them, a dialkylamine benzene compound is preferred. In the preferred dialkylamine benzene compound, especially a dialkylamine phenyl ketone compound having a heterocyclic group as a substituent in the para position (based on the amine group on the benzene ring) a dialkylamine benzene-based compound, a dialkylamine benzene compound having a sulfonium imide group-containing substituent at a carbon atom in the para position (based on an amine group on the benzene ring), and formed with 2 - The dialkylamine benzene compound of the hydroxyquinoline skeleton is preferred. The dialkylamine diphenylketone compound is preferably represented by the following formula (X I ).
(XI) [式(XI)中,R11、R12、R15、以及 R16各自獨立表示可具有 取代基之烷基,R13、R14、R17、以及R18各自獨立表示可具 有取代基之烷基或氫原子,而R11與R12、R11與R13、R12與 R14、R15與R16、R15與R17以及R16與R18之各組各自獨立形 成含氮雜環亦可]。 在此,式(XI)中之R11、R12、R15、以及R16之烷基之碳原 子數暨 R 13、R 14、R 17、以及 R 18為烷基時之碳原子數均以 1〜6較佳。再者,在形成含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成 5 或 6環鏈,而以R11與R13、R12與R14、R15與R17或R16與 R 18形成6環鏈之四氫喹啉環者較佳,尤其以R11、R 12、R13、 以及 R 14形成吹咯啶(d u r ο 1 i d i n e )環者或/及以 R 15、R 16、 59 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 R17、以及R18形成吹咯啶環者較佳。此外,以2位具有烷 基為取代基之四氫喹琳環,或含該四氫喹琳環之吹p各啶環 者特別合適。 作為前述通式(X I )所示化合物之具體例子,例如可舉出 4,4’ -雙(二甲胺)二苯基酮、4, 4’ _雙(二乙胺)二苯基 酮、以及下述構造之化合物。(XI) [In the formula (XI), R11, R12, R15, and R16 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R13, R14, R17, and R18 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom which may have a substituent. And R11 and R12, R11 and R13, R12 and R14, R15 and R16, R15 and R17, and each of R16 and R18 independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R11, R12, R15, and R16 in the formula (XI) and the number of carbon atoms in the case where R 13 , R 14 , R 17 , and R 18 are alkyl groups are 1 to 6 Preferably. Further, in the case of forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, it is preferred to form a 5- or 6-ring chain, and a tetrahydroquinoline ring which forms a 6-ring chain with R11 and R13, R12 and R14, R15 and R17 or R16 and R18. Preferably, especially R11, R12, R13, and R14 form a dur ο 1 idine ring or/and R 15 , R 16 , 59 326\patent specification (supplement)\94- 03\93134393 1297694 R17, and R18 are preferred to form a broachidine ring. Further, a tetrahydroquinoline ring having an alkyl group as a substituent at the 2-position or a p-pyridine ring containing the tetrahydroquine ring is particularly suitable. Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (XI) include 4,4'-bis(dimethylamine)diphenyl ketone and 4,4' bis(diethylamine)diphenyl ketone. And a compound of the following structure.
再者,關於在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有雜環 基為取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物中之該雜環基,以含有 氮原子、氧原子、或硫原子之5或6環鏈較佳,以具有縮 合苯環之 5環鏈特別合適,最好能為下述通式(X I I )所示 者0 60 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694Further, the heterocyclic group in the dialkylamine benzene compound having a heterocyclic group as a substituent in the carbon atom of the (amino group on the phenyl ring) is a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or The 5 or 6-ring chain of the sulfur atom is preferred, and the 5-ring chain having a condensed benzene ring is particularly suitable, and it is preferably one represented by the following formula (XII). 0 60 326\patent specification (supplement)\94- 03\93134393 1297694
[式(XII)中,R19及 R2G各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷 基,R21及 R22各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或氫原 子,而R19與R2Q、R19與R21以及R2°與R22之各組各自獨立 形成含氮雜環亦可,X表示氧原子、硫原子、二烷基亞曱 基、亞胺基、或烷基亞胺基,而縮合於雜環之苯環具有取 代基亦可]。 在此,式(XII)中之 R19及 R2G之烷基之碳原子數暨R2] 及R22為烷基時之碳原子數均以1〜6較佳。再者,在形成 含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成5或6環鏈,而以R19與R2] 或R ^與R2 2形成6環鏈之四氫喹啉環者較佳,尤以R19、 R2 °、R21、以及R2 2形成吹咯啶環者較佳。此外,以2位具 有烧基為取代基之四氫喹琳環,或含該四氫喹淋環之吹口各 啶環者特別合適。再者,在X為二烷基亞甲基時之烷基之 碳原子數係以1〜6較佳,烷基亞胺基時之烷基之碳原子數 係以1〜6較佳。 作為前述通式(X I I )所示化合物之具體例子,例如可舉出 2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯并呤唑、2 -(對-二乙胺苯)苯并呤唑、 2 -(對-二甲胺苯)苯[4,5 ]苯并呤唑、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)苯 [6,· 7 ]苯并呤唑、2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯并噻唑、2 -(對-二乙 胺苯)苯并噻唑、2 _(對-二甲胺苯)苯并咪唑、2 -(對-二乙 61 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 胺苯)苯并咪唑、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)-3,3 _二曱-3 Η -吲哚、 2 -(對-二乙胺苯)~3,3-二曱-3Η - σ引°朵以及下述構造之化合 物。[In the formula (XII), R19 and R2G each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R21 and R22 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom which may have a substituent, and R19 and R2Q, R19 and R21 and R2° and Each group of R22 may independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a dialkyl fluorenylene group, an imido group, or an alkylimine group, and the benzene ring condensed in the hetero ring has a substitution. Base can also]. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R19 and R2G in the formula (XII) and the number of carbon atoms in the case where R2] and R22 are an alkyl group are preferably from 1 to 6. Further, in the case of forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, it is preferred to form a 5- or 6-ring chain, and it is preferred to form a 6-ring chain tetrahydroquinoline ring with R19 and R2] or R^ and R2 2 , especially It is preferred that R19, R2, R21, and R2 2 form a azole ring. Further, it is particularly preferable to use a tetrahydroquinoline ring having a substituent at the 2-position of the alkyl group or a pyridine ring having a mouthpiece containing the tetrahydroquinone ring. Further, in the case where X is a dialkylmethylene group, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 6, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the case of the alkylimine group is preferably from 1 to 6. Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (XII) include 2-(p-diamine benzene) benzoxazole, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene) benzoxazole, and 2- (p-dimethylaminobenzene) benzene [4,5 ]benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzene)benzene [6,·7 ]benzoxazole, 2-(p-diamine benzene) Benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene)benzothiazole, 2 _(p-dimethylaminobenzene) benzimidazole, 2 -(p-diethyl 61 326\patent specification (supplement)\ 94-03\93134393 1297694 Amin benzene) benzimidazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzene)-3,3 _dioxane-3 Η-吲哚, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene)~3, 3-dioxin-3Η - σ 引# and a compound of the following structure.
再者,關於在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有雜環 基為取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物,除了前述通式(XII) 所示化合物以外,例如可舉出 2 _(對-二甲胺苯)吡啶、 2 -(對-二乙胺苯)吡啶、2 -(對-二曱胺苯)喹啉、2 -(對-二 乙胺苯)喹啉、2 _(對-二甲胺苯)嘧啶、2 -(對·"二乙胺苯) 嘧啶、2,5 -雙(對-二乙胺苯)- 1,3,4 -呤二唑、2,5 -雙(對-二乙胺苯)-1,3,4-噻二唑等。 再者,關於在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有含磺 醯亞胺基之取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物,以下述通式 (X I I I )所示者較佳。Further, the dialkylamine benzene compound having a heterocyclic group as a substituent on a carbon atom which is para-position to the (amino group on the phenyl ring) may be, for example, a compound represented by the above formula (XII). 2 _(p-dimethylaminobenzene)pyridine, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene)pyridine, 2-(p-diguanamine benzene)quinoline, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene)quinoline , 2 _(p-dimethylaminobenzene)pyrimidine, 2-(p-"diethylamine benzene)pyrimidine, 2,5-bis(p-diethylamine benzene)-1,3,4-oxadiazole , 2,5-bis(p-diethylamine benzene)-1,3,4-thiadiazole, and the like. Further, the dialkylamine benzene compound having a sulfonium imide group-containing substituent in the carbon atom (position of the amine group on the phenyl ring) is preferably represented by the following formula (XIII). .
326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 62 1297694 [式(XIII)中,R23及 R24各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷 基,R25及 R26各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或氫原 子,而R23與R24、R23與R25以及R24與R26之各組各自獨立 形成含氮雜環亦可,R2 7表示1價基或氫原子,R2 8表示1 價基。] 在此,式(XI I I )中之R23及R24之烷基之碳原子數暨R25 及R2 6為烷基時之碳原子數均以1〜6較佳,再者,在形成 含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成5或6環鏈,不過R25及R26 均以氫原子較佳。再者,R2 7及R2 8之1價基,例如可舉出, 烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、烷氧基、烯氧基、醯基、 醯氧基、芳基、芳氧基、芳烷基、芳烯基、羥基、甲醯基、 羧基、羧酸酯基、胺曱醯基、胺基、醯胺基、胺基曱酸酯 基、磺醯胺基、磺酸基、磺酸酯基、胺磺醯基、烷硫基、 亞胺基、以及雜環基等。其中,在 R27以氫原子較佳,而 在R28以芳基較佳。 再者,作為形成有2 _羥基喹啉骨架之二烷基胺苯系化合 物,以下述通式(X I V )所示者較佳。326\Patent Specification (Repair)\94-03\93134393 62 1297694 [In the formula (XIII), R23 and R24 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R25 and R26 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Or a hydrogen atom, and each of R23 and R24, R23 and R25, and each of R24 and R26 may independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, R2 7 represents a monovalent group or a hydrogen atom, and R2 8 represents a monovalent group. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R23 and R24 in the formula (XI II) and the number of carbon atoms in the case where R25 and R2 6 are an alkyl group are preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably, in the formation of a nitrogen-containing impurity In the case of a ring, it is preferred to form a 5 or 6 cyclic chain, but R25 and R26 are preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, examples of the monovalent group of R2 7 and R2 8 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group, an aryl group, and the like. Aryloxy, aralkyl, aralkenyl, hydroxy, methionyl, carboxy, carboxylate, amine sulfhydryl, amine, decylamino, amino decanoate, sulfonamide, sulfonate An acid group, a sulfonate group, an aminesulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, an imido group, a heterocyclic group or the like. Among them, R27 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and R28 is preferably an aryl group. Further, as the dialkylamine benzene compound having a 2-hydroxyquinoline skeleton formed, it is preferably represented by the following formula (X I V ).
[式(XIV)中,R29、R3G、以及R33各自獨立表示可具有取代 63 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694 基之烷基,R31及R32各自獨立表示可具有取代基之烷基或 氫原子,而R29與R3°、R29與R31以及R3G與R32之各組各自 獨立形成含氮雜環亦可,R34表示可具有取代基之烷基、可 具有取代基之芳基或氫原子。] 在此,式(XIV)中之R29、R3G、以及R33之烷基之碳原子 數暨R31、R3 2、以及R3 5為烷基時之碳原子數均以1〜6較佳, 再者,在形成含氮雜環之情形,最好能形成5或6環鏈, 不過R31及R3 2均以氫原子較佳。再者,R3 4以苯基較佳。 在以上之成分(J)之增感色素中,以本發明而言,以前述 通式(X I )所示之二烷基胺二苯基酮系化合物、前述通式 (X I I I )所示之在(對苯環上之胺基)對位之碳原子具有含磺 醯亞胺基之取代基之二烷基胺苯系化合物、或前述通式 (X I V )所示之形成有 2 _羥基喹啉骨架之二烷基胺苯系化合 物特別合適。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(J )之增感色素之 含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以〇 . 〇 1〜2 0 w t %較佳, 而以0.1〜10wt%進一步較佳。若成分(J)之含量小於上述範 圍,則有造成硬化性組成物之光硬化性不足之傾向,另若 大於上述範圍,則有容易發生顯影時之底基污損之傾向。 再者,本發明之硬化性組成物較佳的是其分光感度之極 大锋值存在於350〜430nm波長域,進一步較佳的是存在於 390〜430nm波長域。若具有分光感度之極大峰值存在於小 於上述波長域範圍,則造成光硬化性組成物對波長 3 5 0〜4 3 0 nm雷射光之感度低劣之傾向,另若具有分光感度 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 64 1297694 之極大峰值存在於大於上述波長域範圍,則造成黃色光下 之安全光性低劣之傾向。關於此等分光感度之極大峰值之 波長域,適當選擇其構成硬化性組成物之各成分時,有可 能藉此調整上述波長域,尤其可利用成分(B)之光聚合引發 劑及/或熱聚合引發劑及成分(J )之增感色素之種類及含量 之選擇來調整。 又按,在本發明中,分光感度之極大峰值係指下述極大 峰值而言,即,^(列 士口 「photo polymer · technology」(山 岡亞夫著,1 9 8 8年曰刊工業新聞社發行,第2 6 2頁)等所 詳述,在使用一分光感度測量裝置之下,將從氙燈或鎢燈 等光源所分光之光以曝光波長可在橫軸方向直線變化且以 曝光強度可在縱軸方向對數變化之方式設定以照射於光硬 化性晝像形成材試料(係以光硬化性組成物層形成於基板 表面者),而曝光後,施行顯影處理,藉此得到依照各曝光 波長之感度之晝像,由此晝像高度算出有可能形成晝像之 曝光能量,在橫軸標繪波長而在縱軸標繪該曝光能量之逆 數,由此得到之分光感度曲線上之極大峰值即為上述極大 峰值。 再者,關於本發明之硬化性組成物,在使用藍紫色半導 體雷射為曝光光源之情形,在41 Onm波長有可能形成晝像 之最小曝光量[S410]係以50mJ/cm2以下較佳,以30mJ/cm2 以下進一步較佳,而以2 0 m J / c m2以下特別合適。在此最小 曝光量[S 4 1 0 ]大於前述範圍時,雖然依雷射光源之曝光強 度而不同,但有引起曝光時間變長而使實用性降低之傾 65 3 26\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 向。又按,此最小曝光量[S 4 1 Ο ]之下限愈小愈佳,通常為 1 m J / c m2 以上。 再者,前述[S410]與450nm波長之有可能形成晝像之最 小曝光量[S4 5 0 (mJ/cin2)]之比率[S410/S 4 5 0 ]係以 0· 1以 下較佳,而以0.05以下進一步較佳。若此比率[S410/S450] 高於前述範圍,則造成藍紫色雷射感光性與黃色燈下之安 全光性難以兼具之傾向。 再者,較佳的是,在大於450nm且在650nm以下之各波 長有可能形成畫像之最小曝光量[S450-650(mJ/cm2)]與 450nm波長之有可能形成晝像之最小曝光量[S450(mJ/cm2)] 之比率[S450-650/S450]為大於 1 者,若此比率 [S450-650/S450]為前述範圍以下,則造成藍紫色雷射感光 性與黃色燈下之安全光性難以兼具之傾向。 又按,前述之在410nm波長有可能形成晝像之最小曝光 量[S410]、在 450nm波長有可能形成晝像之最小曝光量 [S450]以及在大於450nm且在650nm以下之各波長有可能 形成畫像之最小曝光量[34 5 0 _ 6 5 0 (111*1 /^2)]係在前述使用 分光感度測量裝置所施行分光感度之極大峰值之測量中, 可求出由所得之晝像高度所算出之有可能形成畫像之曝光 能量,其意義為,按當時之顯影液之種類、顯影溫度、顯 影時間等顯影條件之變化所決定之最佳顯影條件可形成晝 像之最小曝光能量,而為該最佳顯影條件,通常採取在 Ρ Η 1 1〜1 4之鹼顯影液中2 5 °C溫度下浸潰0 · 5〜3分鐘之條件。 [1 - 1 1 ] ( K )其他之鹼可溶性樹脂 66 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 在本發明之硬化性組成物使用之成分(κ)鹼可溶性樹脂 係以作為硬化性組成物之黏合劑被含亦可。該鹼可溶性樹 脂,例如可舉出,(曱基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(曱基) 丙烯腈、(曱基)丙烯醯胺、順丁烯二酸、苯乙烯、乙酸乙 烯酯、二氯亞乙烯、順丁烯二醯亞胺等之均聚物或共聚物; 酸改質型環氧丙烯酸酯類、聚醯胺、聚酯、聚醚、聚胺基 曱酸酯、聚乙烯丁醛、聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡咯啶酮、乙醯 纖維素等,其中基於鹼顯影性等之觀點,以含羧基乙烯系 樹脂、酸改質型環氧丙烯酸酯類較合適。 作為該含羧基乙烯系樹脂,具體而言,例如可舉出,不 飽和羧酸(如(曱基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二 酸、順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸、檸康酸等)與乙烯化合物(如 苯乙烯、α -曱基苯乙烯、羥苯乙烯、(曱基)丙烯酸曱酯、 (曱基)丙烯酸乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸丁 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸戊酯、(曱基)丙烯酸己酯、(曱基)丙烯 酸十二酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2 -乙基己酯、(曱基)丙烯酸二環 戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異福酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸羥甲酯、(曱基)丙烯酸羥乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸縮水 甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(曱基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν -二甲胺乙 酯、Ν -(曱基)丙烯醯嗎啉、(曱基)丙烯腈、(曱基)丙烯醯 胺、Ν-羥曱(甲基)丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν -二甲(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 Ν,Ν -二甲胺乙(曱基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯等)之共聚物 等。 其中以苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯_(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物較 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 67 1297694 佳,以按苯乙烯3〜3 0 m ο 1 %,(甲基)丙烯酸酯1 0〜7 0 m ο 1 %, 以及(曱基)丙稀酸 10〜60mol%所構成之共聚物進一步較 佳,而以按苯乙烯5〜2 5 m 〇 1%,(曱基)丙烯酸酯2 0〜6 0 m ο Γ/〇, 以及(甲基)丙稀酸 15〜55mol%所構成之共聚物特別合適。 再者,此等含羧基乙烯系樹脂最好能具有酸值3 0〜2 5 0 m g · KOH/g,聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量1,000〜300, 000。 此外,作為該含羧基乙烯系樹脂,較佳的是,在側鏈具 有乙烯性不飽和鍵,為此具體可舉出,例如對含羧基聚合 物,使脂肪族含環氧基不飽和化合物(如稀丙基縮水甘油基 醚、(曱基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(曱基)丙烯酸α -乙基縮水 甘油酯、巴豆酸縮水甘油酯、異巴豆酸縮水甘油酯、巴豆 基縮水甘油基驗、衣康酸單烧基單縮水甘油基S旨、反丁烯 二酸單烷基單縮水甘油基酯、順丁烯二酸單烷基單縮水甘 油基酯等)或脂環式含環氧基不飽和化合物(如(曱基)丙烯 酸3,4 -環氧環己基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2 , 3 -環氧環戊基甲 酯、(甲基)丙烯酸7,8 -環氧[三環[5 · 2 . 1 . 0 ]癸-2 -基]氧曱 酯等),按含叛基聚合物所具魏基之 5〜90mol%(以 3 0〜7 0 m ο 1 %較佳)程度起反應而得到之反應產物,以及由具 有二種以上之不飽和基之化合物(如(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙 酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 3 -烯丙氧-2-羥丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸桂 皮酯、(曱基)丙烯酸巴豆酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲基烯丙酯、 Ν,Ν -二烯丙(曱基)丙烯醯胺等)或其他之具有二種以上之 不飽和基之化合物(如(曱基)丙烯酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 1-氯乙烯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2 -苯乙烯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸1- 68 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694 丙烯酯、巴豆酸乙烯酯、乙烯(甲基)丙烯醯胺等)與不飽和 羧酸(如(曱基)丙烯酸等)或進一步與不飽和羧酸酯,以前 者之含不飽和基化合物在全體所佔之比率可成為 1 0〜9 0 m ο 1 % (以 3 0〜8 0 m ο 1 %較佳)程度之方式共聚合而得到 之反應產物等。再者,亦可舉出含環氧基聚合物與具有可 與環氧基起反應之官能基(如羧基、羥基等)之乙烯性不飽 和化合物之反應產物。 再者,該酸改質型環氧丙烯酸酯類係由含環氧基化合物 與含不飽和基羧酸或其酸酐之反應產物進一步與多元羧酸 或其酸酐(c )進行反應所得之化合物。再者,由該化合物在 其羧基之一部分加成含環氧基化合物而成之樹脂亦可。其 製造可藉習知方法施行之。 作為該含環氧基化合物,例如可舉出,日本專利特開 2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 6 2 1號公報所載述之環氧化合物[依該公報,1分 子中具有2個以上之環氧基之化合物(a)]等,具體可舉出 雙酚A型環氧化合物、雙酚F型環氧化合物、雙酚S型環 氧化合物、聯苯縮水甘油醚、苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧化合 物、甲苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧化合物、異氰尿酸三縮水甘 油酯、脂環式環氧化合物、具有一種由每1分子具有2個 以上之不飽和基之環狀烴化合物與酚類所形成之加成聚合 物構造之環氧化合物、共聚合型環氧化合物等。 在本發明之硬化性組成物中,上述成分(K)之驗可溶性樹 脂之含有率係相對於硬化性組成物總量,以 7 0 w t %以下較 佳,而以4 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 69 1297694 [1 - 1 2 ] ( L )色材 在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於彩色濾光片用途或黑 色基體用途之情形,最好能在含有色材之下被使用。在此’ 色材係使本發明有關之硬化性組成物著色之物者°作為色 材可使用染料、顏料,而在耐熱性、耐光性等之觀點上’ 以顏料較佳。顏.料可使用藍色顏料、綠色顏料、紅色顏料、 黃色顏料、紫色顏料、橙色顏料、褐色顏料、黑色顏料等 各種顏色之顏料。再者,其構造除了有可能利用偶氮系、 S太菁系、啥吖σ定酮(q u i n a c r i d ο n e )系、苯并咪°坐酮系、異 吲哚酮系、二°号ϋ井系、陰丹士林(i n d a n t h r e n e )系、a 1,b 1 -二苯并蒽(P e r y 1 e n e )系等之有機顏料之外’亦有可能利用 各種無機顏料等。以下,用顏料編號來表示可使用之顏料 之具體例子。以下舉出之「C · I .顏料紅2」等之用語中C · I · 之意義為色指數(Color Index)。 紅色顏料可舉出C · I ·顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、 9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、 41、47、48、48:1、48:2 : 48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、 50:1' 52:1^ 52:2 > 53' 53:1 ^ 53:2、 53:3' 57' 57:1' 57:2、 58:4' 60、 63、 63:1、 63:2、 64、 64:1、 68、 69、 8 卜 81:卜 81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90]、10卜 101:1、 104、108、108:1 ^ 109、112、113、114、122、123、144、 146、 147、 149、 151、 166、 168、 169、 170、 172、 173、 174、 175、 176、 177' 178' 179 、 181、 184、 185、 187、 188、 190、 193、 194、 200、 202、 206、 207、 208、 209、 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 70 1297694 210、 214、 216、 220、 221' 224、 230' 231、 232、 233 > 235、 236、 237、 238' 239、 242、 243' 245、 247、 249、 250、 25卜 253 > 254、 255' 256 > 257' 258' 259' 260' 262 、 263 ' 264 、 265 ' 266 ' 267 > 268 、 269 ' 270 、 271 、 272、273、274、275、276。在其中,為較佳者可舉出C. I. 顏料紅 48:1' 122、168、1 7 7、2 0 2、2 0 6、2 0 7、2 0 9、2 2 4、 2 4 2、2 5 4,而為進一步較佳者可舉出C . I .顏料紅1 7 7、2 0 9、 224 、 254 〇 藍色顏料可舉出C. I.顏料藍1、1 : 2、9、1 4、1 5、1 5 : 1、 15:2' 15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、 33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62' 63、66、67、 68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78.、79。在其中,為較佳 者可舉出 C · I .顏料藍 1 5、1 5 : 1、1 5 : 2、1 5 : 3、1 5 : 4、1 5 : 6, 而為進一步較佳者可舉出C . I ·顏料藍1 5 : 6。 綠色顏料可舉出C. I.顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、10、13、 14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55° 在其中,為較佳者可舉出C. I .顏料綠7、3 6。 黃色顏料可舉出C. I.顏料黃1、1 : 1、2、3、4、5、6、9、 10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、 36、36:1、37、37]、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、 62、62 : 1 > 63、65、73、74、75、8卜 83、87、93、94、 95、97、100、1 0 1、1 04、1 0 5、108、10 9、110、1 1 1、1 1 6、 117、119、120、126、127、127:1 > 128、129、133、134、 136、 138、 139、 142、 147、 148、 150、 151、 153、 154、 71 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 155^ 157' 158' 159' 160、 16卜 162、 163' 164、 166、 167、 168、 169、 170、 172、 173、 174、 175、 180、 181、 182、 183、 184、 185、 188、 189、 190' 191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、 202、 203、 204、 205、 206、 207、 208。在其中,為輕 可舉出 C· I.顏料黃 83、117、129、138、139、150、 1 5 5、1 8 0、1 8 5,而為進一步較佳者可舉出C · I ·顏料, 138 、 139 、 150 、 180 ° 橙色顏料可舉出C . I ·顏料橙1、2、5、1 3、1 6、1 7 20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48 61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、7 4 7 7、7 8、7 9。在其中,為較佳者可舉出C . I .顏料橙3 8 紫色顏料可舉出C. I .顏料紫1、1 ·· 1、2、2 : 2、3、 3:3' 5、5 : 1 > 14' 15' 16、19、23' 25' 27、29 > 31 37、39、42、44、47、49、50。在其中,為較佳者 3 C . I .顏料紫1 9、2 3,而為進一步較佳者可舉出C . I.彥j 2 3 〇 再者,在使用本發明之硬化性組成物之下形成黑έ 之情形,可使用黑色之色材。黑色之色材單獨使用I 材或利用紅、綠、藍等之混合色材均可。再者,為ill 材,可從無機或有機之顏料、染料中適當選擇之。在彳 有機之顏料之情形,較佳的是,以平均粒徑1 #,m以 0 . 5 // m以下較佳)分散之狀態予以使用。 作為在黑色色材之製備上有可能混合使用之色材, 165 ^ 176 ' 191 > 2 0 0 > t佳者 154 > t 83、 、:I 9、 、49、 > 75 ' 、71° 3 : 1 > ' 32、 「舉出 i料紫 基體 I色色 3等色 機、 下(以 可舉 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 72 1297694 出 Victoria Pure Blue(42595) 、 Auramine 0(41000)、 Catilon Brilliant Flavin(basic 13) 、 Rhodam i ne[In the formula (XIV), R29, R3G, and R33 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent of 63 326\patent specification (supplement)\94·03\93134393 1297694, and R31 and R32 each independently represent a substituent. An alkyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R29 and R3°, R29 and R31, and each of R3G and R32 each independently form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and R34 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group which may have a substituent. Or a hydrogen atom. Here, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group of R29, R3G, and R33 in the formula (XIV) and the number of carbon atoms in the case where R31, R3 2, and R3 5 are alkyl groups are preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably In the case of forming a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, it is preferred to form a 5 or 6 cyclic chain, but R31 and R3 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, R3 4 is preferably a phenyl group. In the sensitizing dye of the above component (J), in the present invention, the dialkylamine diphenyl ketone compound represented by the above formula (XI) and the formula (XIII) are a dialkylamine benzene compound having a sulfonium imide group-containing substituent at a carbon atom of a para-phenyl group, or a 2-hydroxyquinoline formed by the above formula (XIV) The dialkylamine benzene compound of the skeleton is particularly suitable. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the sensitizing dye of the component (J) is preferably 〇1 to 2 0 wt%, and 0.1 to 10 wt%, based on the total amount of the curable composition. % is further preferred. When the content of the component (J) is less than the above range, the photocurability of the curable composition tends to be insufficient, and if it is larger than the above range, the base tends to be stained during development. Further, the curable composition of the present invention preferably has a sharp peak value of the spectral sensitivity in the wavelength range of 350 to 430 nm, and more preferably exists in the wavelength range of 390 to 430 nm. If the maximum peak value of the spectral sensitivity is less than the above wavelength range, the photocurable composition tends to be inferior to the wavelength of the 3,500 to 4,300 nm laser light, and the spectroscopic sensitivity 326\patent specification ( Supplement) \94-03\93134393 64 1297694 The maximum peak value exists in the above wavelength range, which causes a tendency to be inferior in safety under yellow light. When the respective components constituting the curable composition are appropriately selected in the wavelength range of the maximum peak of the spectral sensitivity, the wavelength range may be adjusted by this, and in particular, the photopolymerization initiator and/or heat of the component (B) may be used. The polymerization initiator and the type and content of the sensitizing dye of the component (J) are adjusted to be selected. Further, in the present invention, the maximum peak value of the spectral sensitivity refers to the following maximum peak value, that is, ^ (Lishiokou "photo polymer · technology" (Shanoka Yafu, 1988, Industrial News) According to the company's publication, page 2 6 2, etc., under the use of a spectrophotometric measuring device, light split from a light source such as a xenon lamp or a tungsten lamp can be linearly changed in the horizontal axis direction with an exposure intensity. It is possible to set a logarithmic change in the direction of the longitudinal axis so as to be irradiated to the photocurable photographic image forming material sample (the photocurable composition layer is formed on the surface of the substrate), and after exposure, a development process is performed, thereby obtaining each The image of the sensitivity of the exposure wavelength, thereby calculating the exposure energy of the image, and plotting the wavelength on the horizontal axis and the inverse of the exposure energy on the vertical axis, thereby obtaining the spectral sensitivity curve The maximum peak value is the above-mentioned maximum peak value. Further, regarding the curable composition of the present invention, in the case where a blue-violet semiconductor laser is used as an exposure light source, it is possible to form a minimum image at 41 nm wavelength. The amount of light [S410] is preferably 50 mJ/cm2 or less, more preferably 30 mJ/cm2 or less, and particularly preferably 20 mJ/cm2 or less. When the minimum exposure amount [S 4 1 0 ] is larger than the foregoing range Although depending on the exposure intensity of the laser source, there is a tendency to cause the exposure time to become longer and the practicality is lowered. 65 3 26\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 direction. The lower the lower limit of the exposure amount [S 4 1 Ο ], the better, usually 1 m J / c m2 or more. Furthermore, the above [S410] and the wavelength of 450 nm may form the minimum exposure amount of the image [S4 5 0 ( The ratio [S410/S 4 5 0 ] of mJ/cin2)] is preferably 0.1 or less, and more preferably 0.05 or less. If the ratio [S410/S450] is higher than the above range, blue-violet thunder is caused. It is difficult to combine the photosensitivity with the safety light under the yellow lamp. Further, it is preferable that the minimum exposure amount of the image is formed at each wavelength of more than 450 nm and below 650 nm [S450-650 (mJ/). Cm2)] is the ratio of the minimum exposure amount [S450-650/S450] which is likely to form an image with the wavelength of 450 nm [S450-650/S450] is greater than 1, if this When the ratio [S450-650/S450] is less than the above range, it is difficult to achieve both the blue-violet laser sensitivity and the safety light under the yellow lamp. Further, the above-mentioned minimum of possible formation of the image at a wavelength of 410 nm is possible. The exposure amount [S410], the minimum exposure amount that is likely to form an artifact at a wavelength of 450 nm [S450], and the minimum exposure amount at which an image is formed at wavelengths greater than 450 nm and below 650 nm [34 5 0 _ 6 5 0 (111 *1 /^2)] In the measurement of the maximum peak value of the spectral sensitivity measured by the spectroscopic sensitivity measuring device, the exposure energy of the image which is calculated from the obtained imaging height can be obtained, and the meaning is The optimum development condition determined by the change of the development conditions such as the type of developer, the development temperature, and the development time at that time can form the minimum exposure energy of the image, and for the optimum development condition, it is usually taken at Ρ Η 1 1~ 1 4 alkali developer was immersed at a temperature of 2 5 ° C for 0 · 5 to 3 minutes. [1 - 1 1 ] (K) Other alkali-soluble resin 66 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 The component (κ) alkali-soluble resin used in the curable composition of the present invention is used as The binder of the curable composition may be contained. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include (mercapto)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid ester, (fluorenyl)acrylonitrile, (fluorenyl)acrylamide, maleic acid, styrene, and vinyl acetate. , homopolymer or copolymer of dichloroethylene, maleimide, etc.; acid-modified epoxy acrylate, polyamine, polyester, polyether, polyamino phthalate, poly Among them, vinyl butyral, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and ethyl phthalocyanine are preferable, and a carboxyl group-containing vinyl resin or an acid-modified epoxy acrylate is preferable from the viewpoint of alkali developability and the like. Specific examples of the carboxyl group-containing vinyl resin include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., (mercapto) acrylic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, and itaconic acid. Acid, citraconic acid, etc.) and vinyl compounds (such as styrene, α-mercaptostyrene, hydroxystyrene, decyl methacrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, (fluorenyl) butyl acrylate, amyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (decyl) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (fluorenyl) acrylate Dicyclopentyl ester, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (mercapto) acrylate, Benzyl (meth) acrylate, hydrazine (mercapto) acrylate, hydrazine - dimethylamine ethyl ester, hydrazine - (hydrazino) propylene morpholine, (mercapto) acrylonitrile, (fluorenyl) acrylamide, hydrazine - Hydroxyl hydrazine (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine - dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine - two a copolymer of methylamine (mercapto) acrylamide, vinyl acetate, etc.). Among them, styrene-(meth)acrylate-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer is better than 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 67 1297694 to styrene 3~3 0 m ο 1 % Further, a copolymer of (meth) acrylate 10 0 to 70 m ο 1 %, and (mercapto) acrylic acid 10 to 60 mol% is further preferably used, and styrene is 5 to 2 5 m 〇1. A copolymer composed of %, (fluorenyl) acrylate 2 0 to 6 0 m ο Γ / 〇, and (methyl) acrylic acid 15 to 55 mol% is particularly suitable. Further, these carboxyl group-containing vinyl resins preferably have an acid value of from 3 to 250,000 g·KOH/g, and a weight average molecular weight of from 1,000 to 300,000 in terms of polystyrene. Further, as the carboxyl group-containing vinyl resin, it is preferred to have an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain, and specific examples thereof include, for example, a carboxyl group-containing polymer and an aliphatic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound ( Such as propyl glyceryl ether, glycidyl (mercapto) acrylate, α-ethyl glycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl crotonate, glycidyl isocyanate, crotonyl glycidyl , itaconic acid mono-monoglycidyl S, succinic acid monoalkyl monoglycidyl ester, maleic acid monoalkyl monoglycidyl ester, etc.) or alicyclic epoxy Unsaturated compounds (such as 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 2,3-epoxycyclopentylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 7,8-epoxy (meth)acrylate [Tricyclo[5 · 2 . 1 . 0 ] 癸-2-yl] oxonium ester, etc.), according to the ruthenium-containing polymer, 5 to 90 mol% of the thiol group (to 3 0 to 7 0 m ο 1 %) a preferred reaction product obtained by reacting, and a compound having two or more kinds of unsaturated groups (such as (meth)acrylic acid Allyl ester, 3-allopropoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylic acid, cinnamate (mercapto)acrylate, crotonyl (meth) acrylate, methyl allyl (meth) acrylate, hydrazine, Ν-diallyl (fluorenyl) acrylamide, etc. or other compounds having two or more kinds of unsaturated groups (such as (mercapto) vinyl acrylate, 1-methyl vinyl (meth) acrylate, (曱2-acrylic acid 2-styrene ester, (mercapto)acrylic acid 1- 68 326\patent specification (supplement)\94·03\93134393 1297694 propylene ester, vinyl crotonate, ethylene (meth) acrylamide, etc.) With an unsaturated carboxylic acid (such as (meth)acrylic acid, etc.) or further with an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester, the ratio of the former unsaturated group-containing compound may be 10 to 90 m ο 1 % (in terms of 3 0 to 8 0 m ο 1 % preferably) The reaction product obtained by copolymerization in the same manner. Further, a reaction product of an epoxy group-containing polymer and an ethylenically unsaturated compound having a functional group reactive with an epoxy group (e.g., a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, etc.) may be mentioned. Further, the acid-modified epoxy acrylate is a compound obtained by further reacting a reaction product containing an epoxy group-containing compound and an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof with a polyvalent carboxylic acid or an anhydride (c) thereof. Further, a resin obtained by adding an epoxy group-containing compound to a part of a carboxyl group of the compound may be used. Its manufacture can be carried out by conventional methods. Examples of the epoxy group-containing compound include an epoxy compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 2 0 0 1 - 1 7 4 6 2 1 [In this publication, there are two or more molecules in one molecule. Specific examples of the epoxy group-containing compound (a) and the like include a bisphenol A type epoxy compound, a bisphenol F type epoxy compound, a bisphenol S type epoxy compound, a biphenyl glycidyl ether, and a phenol type phenol resin type. An epoxy compound, a cresol type phenol resin type epoxy compound, a triglycidyl isocyanurate, an alicyclic epoxy compound, and a cyclic hydrocarbon compound having two or more unsaturated groups per molecule and a phenol An epoxy compound or a copolymerized epoxy compound having an addition polymer structure formed by the like. In the curable composition of the present invention, the content of the soluble resin of the component (K) is preferably 70% by weight or less, and more preferably 40% by weight or less, based on the total amount of the curable composition. good. 326\Patent Specification (Supplement)\94-03\93134393 69 1297694 [1 - 1 2 ] (L) Color material In the case where the curable composition of the present invention is used for color filter use or black matrix use, It is best to use it under the inclusion of color materials. In the case where the coloring material is used to color the curable composition according to the present invention, a dye or a pigment can be used as the coloring material, and a pigment is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance, light resistance and the like. The pigments of various colors such as blue pigment, green pigment, red pigment, yellow pigment, purple pigment, orange pigment, brown pigment, and black pigment can be used. Furthermore, its structure may utilize azo, S, and quinacrid ο ne, benzoxanone, isoindrone, and ° ϋ In addition to organic pigments such as indanthrene and a 1,b 1 -dibenzopyrene (P ery 1 ene ), it is also possible to use various inorganic pigments. Hereinafter, specific examples of the pigments that can be used are indicated by pigment numbers. In the terms "C · I. Pigment Red 2" and the like, the meaning of C · I · is the color index. The red pigment may be C · I · Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37 , 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2: 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1' 52:1^ 52:2 > 53' 53:1 ^ 53:2, 53:3' 57' 57:1' 57:2, 58:4' 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 8 81: Bu 81:2, 81:3, 81:4, 83, 88, 90], 10 Bu 101:1, 104, 108, 108:1 ^ 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177' 178' 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 70 1297694 210, 214, 216, 220, 221' 224, 230' 231, 232, 233 > 235, 236 , 237, 238' 239, 242, 243' 245, 247, 249, 250, 25 253 > 254, 255' 256 > 257' 258' 259' 260' 262 , 263 ' 264 , 265 ' 266 ' 267 > 268 , 269 ' 270 , 271 , 272 , 273 , 274 275, 276. Among them, preferred are CI pigment red 48:1' 122, 168, 177, 2 0 2, 2 0 6 , 2 0 7 , 2 0 9 , 2 2 4 , 2 4 2, 2 5 4, and further preferred are C. I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, 254 Indigo pigments can be cited as CI Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, and 14. 1 5, 1 5 : 1, 15:2' 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, 19, 25, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56:1 60, 61, 61: 1, 62' 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78., 79. Among them, preferred examples are C · I. Pigment Blue 1 5, 1 5 : 1, 1 5 : 2, 1 5 : 3, 1 5 : 4, 1 5 : 6, and further preferred C. I · Pigment Blue 1 5 : 6 can be mentioned. The green pigment may be CI pigment green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55°. Preferred examples are C.I. Pigment Green 7, 3 6 . The yellow pigments may be CI Pigment Yellow 1, 1:1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37], 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1 > 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 8 83 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 1 0 1 , 1 04, 1 0 5, 108, 10 9, 110, 1 1 1 , 1 1 6 , 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1 > 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 71 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 155^ 157 '158' 159' 160, 16 Bu 162, 163' 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190 '191:1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208. Among them, C·I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 1 5 5, 1 8 0, and 1 8 5 may be mentioned, and C · I is further preferable. · Pigments, 138, 139, 150, 180 ° Orange pigments can be given C. I · Pigment Orange 1, 2, 5, 1 3, 16 6 , 1 7 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 7 4 7 7 , 7 8 , 7 9 . In the above, C. I. Pigment Orange 3 8 purple pigment is exemplified by C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1 ··1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3:3' 5 5 : 1 > 14' 15' 16, 19, 23' 25' 27, 29 > 31 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50. Among them, preferred are 3 C. I. Pigment Violet 9 9 and 2 3, and further preferred are C. I. Yan j 2 3 〇 In addition, the curable composition of the present invention is used. In the case of black enamel, a black color material can be used. The black color material can be used alone or in a mixture of red, green, and blue. Further, as the ill material, it can be appropriately selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes. In the case of 彳 organic pigment, it is preferred to use it in a state in which the average particle diameter of 1 #, m is preferably 0.5 Å or less. As a color material which is possible to be mixed and used in the preparation of a black color material, 165 ^ 176 ' 191 > 2 0 0 > t good 154 > t 83, , : I 9 , , 49 , > 75 ' , 71° 3 : 1 > ' 32, 「 I ic i purple base I color 3 equal color machine, lower (to 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94-03\93134393 72 1297694 out of Victoria Pure Blue ( 42595) , Auramine 0 (41000), Catilon Brilliant Flavin (basic 13), Rhodam i ne
6GCP(45160) 、 Rhodamine B(45170) 、 safranine OK 70:100(50240)、Erioglaucine X(42080)、No. 120/Lionol Yellow(21090) 、 Lionol Yellow GRO(21090) 、 Simular First Yellow 8GF(21105) 、 Benzidine Yellow 4T-564D(21095)、 Simular First Red 4015(12355)、 Lionol Red 7B 4401(15850)、Firstgen Blue TGR-L(74160)、Lionol Blue SM(26150)、Lionol Blue ES(顏料藍 15:6)、Lionolgen Red GD(顏料紅 168)、Lionol Green 2YS(顏料綠 36)等。 又按,上述括弧内之數字為色指數(C · I ·)。 再者,關於其他之有可能混合使用之顏料,以C · I.數字 表示時,例如可舉出C · I .黃色顏料2 0、2 4、8 6、9 3、1 〇 9、 110、 117、 125、 137、 138、 147、 148、 153、 154、 166, C · I ·橙色顏料 3 6、4 3、5 1、5 5、5 9、6 1,C · I ·紅色顏料 9、 97、 122、 123、 149、 168、 177、 180、 192、 215、 216、 217、 2 2 0、2 2 3、2 24、2 2 6、2 2 7、2 2 8、2 4 0,C. I .紫色顏料 19、 2 3、2 9、3 0、3 7、4 0、5 0,C · I ·藍色顏料 15、15:1、15:4、 2 2、60、64、C. I .綠色顏料 7,C. I ·褐色顏料 2 3、2 5、2 6 等。 再者,為有可能單獨被使用之黑色色材,可舉出碳黑、 乙炔黑、燈黑、骨黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、菁黑、鈦黑 等。 在此等黑色色材中,在遮光率、圖像特性之觀點上,以 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 73 1297694 碳黑較佳。碳黑之例子可舉出如下述之碳黑。三菱化學公 司所製之 MA7、MA8、ΜΑΗ、MA100、MA100R、MA220、MA230、 MA600、 #5、 #10、 #20、 #25、 #30、 #32、 #33、 #40、 #44 > #45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、# 7 5 0、#850、#950、#960、 #970、 #980、 #990、 #1000、 #2200、 #2300、 #2350' #2400 、 #2600、 #3050、 #3150、 #3250、 #3600、 #3750、 #3950、 #4000、 #4010、 OIL7B、 OIL9B、 OIL11B、 OIL30B、 OIL31B,鐵骨砂、 公司所製之Printex3 、 Printex30P 、 Printex30 、 Printex300P 、 Printex40 、 Printex45 、 Printex55 、 Printex60 、 Printex75 、 Printex80 、 Printex85 、 Printex90、 Printex A、 Printex L、 Printex G、 Printex P、Printex U ' Printex V ' PrintexG、Specia 1 B1 ack 5 5 0、 SpecialBlack350、 SpecialBlack250、 SpecialBlacklOO 、 SpecialBlack6 、 SpecialBlack5 、 SpecialBlack4 、 Color Black FW1 、 Color Black FW2 、 Color Black FW2V 、 Color Black FW18、 Color Black FW18、 Color Black FW200、 Color Black S160、Color Black S170、客碰特公司所製之 Monarch 1 2 0、Monarch280、Monarch 4 6 0、Monarch 8 0 0、 Monarch880 ' Monarch900 、 MonarchlOOO 、 MonarchllOO 、 Monarchl 30 0、Monarchl400、Monarch4630、REGAL 9 9、 REGAL99R、 REGAL415、 REGAL415R、 REGAL250、 REGAL250R 、 REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACK PEARL S480、PEARLS130、VULCANXC72R、ELFTEX- 8,哥倫比亞碳 公司所製之 RAVEN11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、 326V專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 74 1297694 RAVEN22、RAVEN30、RAVEN35、RAVEN40、RAVEN41 Ο、 RAVEN420 、 RAVEN450 、 RAVEN500 、 RAVEN780 、 RAVEN850 、 RAVEN890H 、 RAVEN1000 、 RAVEN1020 、 RAVEN1040 、 RAVEN 1 0 6 0 U、RAVEN 1 0 8 0 U、RAVEN1 170、R A V E N119 0 U、 RAVEN 1 2 5 0 、 RAVEN 1 5 0 0 、 RAVEN 2 0 0 0 、RAVEN 2 5 0 0 U、 RAVEN3500 、 RAVEN5000 、 RAVEN5250 、 RAVEN5750 、 RAVEN7000 〇 關於其他黑色顏料之例子,可將鈦黑、苯胺黑、氧化鐵 系黑色顏料,以及紅色、綠色、藍色之三色有機顏料混合 以用作黑色顏料。 再者,顏料亦可使用硫酸鋇、硫酸鉛、氧化鈦、黃色鉛、 鐵紅、氧化鉻等。 此等各種顏料以二種以上合併使用亦可。例如,在調整 色度之目的下,顏料可合併使用綠色顏料及黃色顏料,或 合併使用藍色顏料及紫色顏料。 又按,此等顏料之平均粒徑通常為1 // m以下,以0 . 5 // m以下較佳,而以〇 · 2 5 // m以下進一步較佳。再者,為 可用作色材之染料,可舉出偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞 菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羰 系染料、次甲系染料等。 偶氮系染料例如可舉出C . I .酸性黃1 1、C. I .酸性橙7、 C · I ·酸性紅3 7、C · I ·酸性紅1 8 0、C. I.酸性藍2 9、C · I .直 接紅2 8、C · I ·直接紅8 3、C . I .直接黃1 2、C . I ·直接橙2 6、 C · I ·直接綠2 8、C · I ·直接綠5 9、C · I .活性黃2、C · I .活性 75 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 紅1 7、C . I .活性紅1 2 Ο、C . I ·活性黑5、C . I .分散橙5、C . I · 分散紅5 8、C . I .分散藍1 6 5、C · I.驗性藍4 1、C. I .驗性紅 1 8、C . I .媒染紅7、C. I .媒染黃5、C . I .媒染黑7等。 蒽醌系染料例如可舉出C . I .甕藍4 > C . I .酸性藍4 Ο、C. I · 酸性綠2 5、C . I .活性藍1 9、C. I .活性藍4 9、C. I .分散紅 6 0、C. I .分散藍5 6、C. I .分散藍6 0等。 除了上述之外,酞菁系染料例如可舉出C. I .甕藍5等, 醌亞胺系染料例如可舉出C . I .鹼性藍3、C . I .鹼性藍9等, 喹啉系染料例如可舉出C . I .溶媒黃3 3、C . I .酸性黃3、C . I . 分散黃6 4等,而硝基系染料例如可舉出C. I .酸性黃1、C. I . 酸性橙3、C. I .分散黃4 2等。 成分(L )之色材在硬化性組成物之全固形分中所佔之比 率係通常相對於硬化性組成物中之全固形分量,可在 卜7 0 w t %之範圍内選擇者。在此範圍内,以 1 0〜7 0 w t %進一 步較佳,尤以2 0〜6 0 w t %特別合適。色材之比率若太低,對 色濃度之膜厚則變得太大,而對液晶單元化時之間隙控制 等有惡劣影響。反之,若色材之比率太高,則有時無法得 到充分之圖像成形性。又按,本發明硬化性組成物中之全 固形分通常為1 0 w t %以上且8 0 w t %以下。 再者,為了顏料之分散性及分散安定性之提高,添加顏 料衍生物等亦可。顏料衍生物可舉出偶氮系、酞菁系、喹 吖啶酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹酞酮系、異吲哚酮系、二呤 畊系、蒽醌系、陰丹士林系、a 1,b 1 -二苯并蒽系、迫立酮 (p e r y η ο n e )系、二酮。比ρ各并°比°各系、二°号11井系等各系之顏 76 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 料衍生物,其中以喹酞酮系顏料衍生物較佳。作為顏料衍 生物之取代基,可舉出磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其4級鹽、酞 醯亞胺曱基、二烷基胺烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺基等之與 顏料骨架直接或藉由烷基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結者,其中 以磺酸基較佳。再者,此等取代基以複數取代於一個顏料 骨架亦可。顏料衍生物之具體例子,可舉出酞菁之磺酸衍 生物、喧g太嗣之續酸衍生物、蒽酿之續酸衍生物、唾σ丫 σ定 酮之磺酸衍生物、二酮吡咯并吡咯之磺酸衍生物、二呤〇井 之磺酸衍生物等。顏料衍生物之添加量係以顏料量為基 準,通常為0 . ;1〜3 0 w t %,以0 · 1〜2 0 w t %較佳,又以0 · 1〜1 0 w t % 進一步較佳,而以0.1〜5wt%更進一步較佳。 [1 - 1 3 ] ( Μ )分散劑及/或分散助劑 在本發明之硬化性組成物被使用於彩色濾光片用途或黑 色基體用途之情形,尤其在使用顏料為前述之成分(L)之色 材之際,為了顏料之分散性及分散安定性之提高,最好能 併用分散劑及/或分散助劑以作為成分(Μ )。尤其若使用高 分子分散劑以充當顏料分散劑,則會顯示優異之經時分散 安定性,因此較佳。高分子分散劑例如可舉出胺基曱酸西旨 系分散劑、聚伸乙亞胺系分散劑、聚氧伸乙基烷基醚系分 散劑、聚氧乙二醇二酯系分散劑、山梨糖醇脂肪族酯系分 散劑、脂肪族改質聚酯系分散劑等。為此種分散劑之具體 例子,以商品名可舉出,「EFKA」(FKA CHEMICAL BV所製 造)、r Disperbik」(BigChemirCo.所製造)、r DISPARLON」 (楠本化成(股)所製造)、「SOLSPERSE」(Zeneka Co.所製 77 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 造)、「KP」信越化學(股)所製造)、「Polyflow」(共榮社化 學(股)所製造)等。此等分散劑可單獨或2種以上混合使用 之。顏料分散劑在感光性著色組成物之固形分中之含量通 常為5 0 w t %以下,以3 0 w t %以下較佳。 再者,作為分散助劑,從通式(I )所示之化合物、成分(C) 之乙稀性不飽和化合物、成分(D )之環氧化合物、成分(K ) 之其他鹼可溶性樹脂等任選後,在分散處理之際予以使用 亦可。 [1 - 1 4 ] ( N )其他之添加劑 又按,本發明之硬化性組成物亦可以進一步含有各種添 加劑,例如相對於硬化性組成物,按2 w t %以下之比率含有 熱聚合防止劑(如氫醌、對-曱氧苯酚、2,6 -二第三丁 -對-曱苯酚等),按 2 0 w t %以下之比率含有由有機或無機之染 料、顏料所構成之著色劑,按 4 0 w t %以下之比率含有可塑 劑(如酞酸二辛酯、酞酸二月桂酯、磷酸甲酚酯等),按 1 0 w t %以下之比率含有感度特性改善劑(如 3級胺或硫醇 等),按3 0 w t %以下之比率含有色素前驅物,按1 0 w t %以下 之比率含有矽烷偶合劑。 [1 - 1 5 ]總變形量,負載時之位移及彈性復原率,恢復率 本發明之硬化性組成物係關於使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試,可形成一種具有總變形量為1 . 3 5 // m以上及/ 或負載時之位移為〇.25#m時之載重N為0.50gf以下,且 彈性復原率為5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為8 0 %以上之硬化物為 特徵者。 78 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 例如’對大型液晶晝面電視之液晶顯不裝置(以下’ 稱為「面板」)等供給之間隔物係在該面板之製造過程 於被載重,而有使間隔物之總變形量變大之傾向。再 尤其在大晝面面板易於發生各部分載重之不均勻。本 之硬化性組成物即使在此種情況亦表現高度之硬化米 隔物)之彈性復原率及/或恢復率,即在此點有其價值 又按,使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試係如下述 者。 關於藉後述之[2 - 2 ]或習知方法所形成之間隔物圖 之 1個具有上截面積8 0 ± 1 0 // m2之圖案,使用微小硬 以施行測量。 間隔物圖案之上截面積係指下述之面積而言。 首先,關於1個間隔物圖案,在使用基園斯(股)所 之超深度彩色3 D形狀測量顯微鏡「V K - 9 5 0 0」之下, 一通過間隔物圖案之中軸之縱剖面圖。描繪之位置係 圖1中。 其次,將從所繪之圖形(其示意圖係示於圖2中)之 面至最高位置點Q之高度之90 %高度上之與該基板面( 物圖案之圖形内之基板面)平行之直線 A A ’ 之長度予 量。將此直線AA’為直徑之圓之面積設定為間隔物圖 上截面積。 微小硬度計,使用島津製作所公司所製造之「Sh i Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester DUH-W201S」 測試條件為,在2 3 °C測量溫度下,使用直徑5 0 // m 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 79 有時 中易 者, 發明 7 (間 〇 施行 案中 度計 製造 描繪 示於 基板 間隔 以測 案之 m a ζ υ ο 之平 1297694 面壓子,按一定速度(0.22gf/sec)對間隔物施加載重,當 載重達到5 g f時,保持5秒鐘,繼之按該速度施行除負載。 根據由此項測試所求出之載重-位移曲線(在圖3展示其示 意圖),測量最大位移Η [ m a X ],最後位移Η [ L a s t ],負載時 之位移為 0.25;zm 時之過重 N(gf)。將前述之最大位移 Η [ m a X ]作為總變形量。 總變形量係以1 . 4 // m以上較佳,而以1 . 5 // m以上進一 步較佳,且以5 # m以下較佳,而以3 // m以下進一步較佳。 負載時之位移為0 . 2 5 // in時之載重N係以0 · 4 5 g f以下較 佳,且以0 . 1 g f以上較佳。 若總變形量太大及/或前述載重N太小,彈性復原率及/ 或恢復率會惡化。在另一方面,若總變形量太小及/或前述 載重N太大,硬化物則無法適應面板製造時之載重之不均 勻。6GCP (45160), Rhodamine B (45170), safranine OK 70: 100 (50240), Erioglaucine X (42080), No. 120/Lionol Yellow (21090), Lionol Yellow GRO (21090), Simular First Yellow 8GF (21105) , Benzidine Yellow 4T-564D (21095), Simular First Red 4015 (12355), Lionol Red 7B 4401 (15850), Firstgen Blue TGR-L (74160), Lionol Blue SM (26150), Lionol Blue ES (Pigment Blue 15: 6), Lionolgen Red GD (Pigment Red 168), Lionol Green 2YS (Pigment Green 36), and the like. In addition, the number in the above brackets is the color index (C · I ·). Further, as for other pigments which may be used in combination, when expressed by C·I., for example, C·I. Yellow pigments 2 0, 2 4, 8 6 , 9 3, 1 〇 9, 110, 117, 125, 137, 138, 147, 148, 153, 154, 166, C · I · orange pigment 3 6 , 4 3 , 5 1 , 5 5 , 5 9 , 6 1, C · I · red pigment 9, 97, 122, 123, 149, 168, 177, 180, 192, 215, 216, 217, 2 2 0, 2 2 3, 2 24, 2 2 6 , 2 2 7 , 2 2 8 , 2 4 0, C I. Purple Pigment 19, 2 3, 2 9 , 3 0, 3 7 , 4 0, 5 0, C · I · Blue Pigment 15, 15: 1, 15: 4, 2 2, 60, 64, C I. Green pigment 7, C. I · Brown pigment 2 3, 2 5, 2 6 and the like. Further, examples of the black color material that may be used alone include carbon black, acetylene black, lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, nigrosine, cyanine black, and titanium black. Among these black color materials, carbon black is preferred from the viewpoint of light blocking ratio and image characteristics, 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 73 1297694. Examples of the carbon black include carbon black as described below. MA7, MA8, ΜΑΗ, MA100, MA100R, MA220, MA230, MA600, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30, #32, #33, #40, #44 > manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation #45,#47,#50,#52,#55,#650,#7 5 0, #850, #950, #960, #970, #980, #990, #1000, #2200, #2300, #2350' #2400, #2600, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL7B, OIL9B, OIL11B, OIL30B, OIL31B, iron bone sand, made by the company Printex3, Printex30P, Printex30, Printex300P, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, Printex A, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U 'Printex V 'PrintexG, Specia 1 B1 ack 5 5 0, SpecialBlack350, SpecialBlack250, SpecialBlacklOO, SpecialBlack6, SpecialBlack5, SpecialBlack4, Color Black FW1, Color Black FW2, Color Black FW2V, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW200, Color Black S160, Color Black S170 Monarch 1 2 0, Monarch280, Monarch 4 6 0, Monarch 800, Monarch880 'Monarch900, MonarchlOOO, MonarchllOO, Monarchl 30 0, Monarchl 400, Monarch 4630, REGAL 9 9, REGAL99R, REGAL415, REGAL415R, made by the company REGAL250, REGAL250R, REGAL330, REGAL400R, REGAL55R0, REGAL660R, BLACK PEARL S480, PEARLS130, VULCANXC72R, ELFTEX-8, RAVEN11, RAVEN14, RAVEN15, RAVEN16, 326V patent specification (supplement)\94-03\ by Columbia Carbon 93134393 74 1297694 RAVEN22, RAVEN30, RAVEN35, RAVEN40, RAVEN41 Ο, RAVEN420, RAVEN450, RAVEN500, RAVEN780, RAVEN850, RAVEN890H, RAVEN1000, RAVEN1020, RAVEN1040, RAVEN 1 0 6 0 U, RAVEN 1 0 8 0 U, RAVEN1 170, RAVE N119 0 U, RAVEN 1 2 5 0 , RAVEN 1 5 0 0 , RAVEN 2 0 0 0 , RAVEN 2 5 0 0 U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000 〇 For other examples of black pigments, titanium black , aniline black, iron oxide black pigment, and red, green Blue three color organic pigment used as a black pigment mixed. Further, as the pigment, barium sulfate, lead sulfate, titanium oxide, yellow lead, iron red, chromium oxide or the like may be used. These various pigments may be used in combination of two or more kinds. For example, for the purpose of adjusting the chromaticity, the pigment may be combined with a green pigment and a yellow pigment, or a combination of a blue pigment and a violet pigment. Further, the average particle diameter of these pigments is usually 1 // m or less, preferably 0.5 Å or less, and more preferably 〇 2 5 // m or less. In addition, examples of the dye that can be used as the color material include an azo dye, an anthraquinone dye, a phthalocyanine dye, a quinone dye, a quinoline dye, a nitro dye, and a carbonyl dye. Sub-systemic dyes, etc. Examples of the azo dye include C. I. Acid Yellow 1 1 , C. I. Acid Orange 7, C · I · Acid Red 3 7 , C · I · Acid Red 180, CI Acid Blue 2 9, C · I. Direct red 2 8 , C · I · Direct red 8 3, C. I. Direct yellow 1 2, C. I · Direct orange 2 6 , C · I · Direct green 2 8 , C · I · Direct Green 5 9 , C · I. Reactive Yellow 2, C · I. Activity 75 326\Patent Specification (Supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 Red 1 7、C. I. Reactive Red 1 2 Ο, C. I ·Reactive black 5, C. I. Disperse orange 5, C. I · Disperse red 5 8 , C. I. Disperse blue 1 6 5, C · I. Confirmatory blue 4 1 , C. I. Verify red 1 8, C. I. mordant red 7, C. I. mordant yellow 5, C. I. mordant black 7 and so on. Examples of the lanthanoid dyes include C. I. Indigo 4 > C. I. Acid Blue 4 Ο, C. I · Acid Green 2 5, C. I. Reactive Blue IX, C. I. Reactive Blue 4 9. C. I. Disperse red 60, C. I. Disperse blue 5 6 , C. I. Disperse blue 60 and so on. In addition to the above, examples of the phthalocyanine-based dye include C.I. Indigo-5, and the quinoneimine-based dyes include, for example, C.I. Basic Blue 3, C.I. Basic Blue 9, and the like. Examples of the quinoline-based dye include C. I. Solvent Yellow 3 3, C. I. Acid Yellow 3, C. I. Disperse Yellow 6 4, and the like, and the nitro-based dye may, for example, C. I. Acid Yellow 1. C. I. Acidic orange 3, C. I. Disperse yellow 4 2 and the like. The ratio of the color material of the component (L) to the total solid component of the curable composition is usually selected within the range of 70% by weight relative to the total solid component of the curable composition. Within this range, it is further preferable to use 1 0 to 7 0 w t %, particularly 2 0 to 6 0 w t %. If the ratio of the color material is too low, the film thickness of the color density becomes too large, and the gap control of the liquid crystal unit is adversely affected. On the other hand, if the ratio of the color material is too high, sufficient image formability may not be obtained. Further, the solid content in the curable composition of the present invention is usually 10 w t % or more and 80 w % or less. Further, in order to improve the dispersibility of the pigment and the stability of dispersion, a pigment derivative or the like may be added. Examples of the pigment derivative include an azo system, a phthalocyanine system, a quinacridone system, a benzimidazolone system, a quinacridone system, an isoindolinone system, a diterpenoid system, an anthraquinone system, and an indanthrene group. A, b 1 -dibenzofluorenene, perryn η ο ne system, diketone.比 各 并 ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° ° Preferably. Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a quaternary salt thereof, a quinone iminium group, a dialkylamine alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a decylamino group, and the like. The skeleton is bonded directly or by an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like, and a sulfonic acid group is preferred. Further, these substituents may be substituted with a plural number in a pigment skeleton. Specific examples of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid derivative of phthalocyanine, a ruthenium acid derivative of 喧g, a brewed acid derivative, a sulfonic acid derivative of salivary sigma ketone, and a diketopyrrole. And a sulfonic acid derivative of pyrrole, a sulfonic acid derivative of Erqi Well, and the like. The amount of the pigment derivative added is usually from 0 to 1 to 30% by weight, preferably from 0 to 1 to 2 0 wt%, and further preferably from 0 to 1 to 10 wt%. Further, it is more preferably 0.1 to 5 wt%. [1 - 1 3 ] ( Μ ) dispersant and/or dispersing aid When the curable composition of the present invention is used for color filter use or black matrix use, especially when the pigment is used as the aforementioned component (L) In the case of the color material, it is preferable to use a dispersing agent and/or a dispersing aid as a component (Μ) in order to improve the dispersibility of the pigment and the stability of dispersion. In particular, if a high molecular dispersant is used to act as a pigment dispersant, it exhibits excellent stability over time and is therefore preferred. Examples of the polymer dispersant include an amine sulfonate dispersant, a polyethylenimine dispersant, a polyoxyethylene ethyl ether dispersant, and a polyoxyethylene glycol diester dispersant. A sorbitol aliphatic ester dispersant, an aliphatic modified polyester dispersant, or the like. Specific examples of such a dispersant include "EFKA" (manufactured by FKA CHEMICAL BV), r Disperbik (manufactured by BigChemir Co.), and r DISPARLON (manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd.). "SOLSPERSE" (made by Zeneka Co., 77 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694), "KP" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), "Polyflow" (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) ))). These dispersing agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. The content of the pigment dispersant in the solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 50 w t % or less, preferably 3 0 w t % or less. Further, as the dispersing aid, the compound represented by the formula (I), the ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C), the epoxy compound of the component (D), and other alkali-soluble resin of the component (K), etc. After optional, it can be used at the time of dispersion processing. [1 - 1 4 ] (N) Other additives Further, the curable composition of the present invention may further contain various additives, for example, a thermal polymerization preventing agent in a ratio of 2 wt% or less with respect to the curable composition ( For example, hydroquinone, p-nonoxyphenol, 2,6-di-t-butyl-p-non-phenol, etc., containing a coloring agent composed of an organic or inorganic dye or pigment in a ratio of 20% by weight or less, according to The ratio of 40% or less contains a plasticizer (such as dioctyl phthalate, dilauryl citrate, cresyl phosphate, etc.), and contains a sensitivity improving agent (for example, a tertiary amine or a ratio of 10% by weight or less) A mercaptan or the like contains a pigment precursor in a ratio of 30% by weight or less, and a decane coupling agent in a ratio of 10% by weight or less. [1 - 1 5 ] Total deformation amount, displacement at load and elastic recovery rate, recovery rate The hardenable composition of the present invention relates to a load-de-load test using a micro hardness tester, which can form a total deformation amount of 1 3 5 / / m or more and / or load when the displacement is 〇.25 #m, the load N is less than 0.50gf, and the elastic recovery rate is more than 50% and / or the recovery rate is more than 80% The object is a feature. 78 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 For example, the spacer for the supply of liquid crystal display devices (hereinafter referred to as "panels") for large-size LCD TVs is used in the manufacturing process of the panel. The load is heavy, and there is a tendency to increase the total deformation amount of the spacer. In particular, in the large face panel, the unevenness of the load of each part is apt to occur. The elastic resilience rate and/or recovery rate of the hardened composition of this hardening composition even in this case, that is, the value at this point, and the load-de-loading test using a micro hardness tester It is as follows. Regarding the pattern of the spacer pattern formed by the [2 - 2 ] or the conventional method described later, which has an upper sectional area of 80 ± 10 0 / m 2 , a small hard is used for measurement. The cross-sectional area above the spacer pattern refers to the area described below. First, with respect to one spacer pattern, a longitudinal section of the axis passing through the spacer pattern is used under the ultra-depth color 3D shape measuring microscope "V K - 950" which is based on the base. The location depicted is in Figure 1. Next, a line parallel to the substrate surface (substrate surface in the pattern of the object pattern) from the surface of the drawn pattern (the schematic diagram is shown in FIG. 2) to the height of 90% of the height of the highest position point Q The length of AA ' is a quantity. The area of the circle on which the straight line AA' is the diameter is set as the cross-sectional area on the spacer map. For the micro hardness tester, the "Sh i Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester DUH-W201S" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation is tested at a temperature of 23 °C using a diameter of 50 // m 326\ patent specification (supplement) ) \94-03\93134393 79 Sometimes the middle of the easy, invention 7 (the implementation of the interim measure is shown on the substrate spacing to measure the ma ζ ο ο flat 1297694 surface pressure, at a certain speed (0.22 Gf/sec) applies a load to the spacer. When the load reaches 5 gf, it is held for 5 seconds, and then the load is applied according to the speed. According to the load-displacement curve obtained by this test (shown in Figure 3 Schematic), measure the maximum displacement Η [ ma X ], the final displacement Η [ L ast ], the displacement at load is 0.25, and the excess weight N(gf) at zm. The maximum displacement Η [ ma X ] is taken as the total deformation The total deformation amount is preferably 1. 4 // m or more, more preferably 1.5 / m or more, and more preferably 5 # m or less, and further preferably 3 / 4 m or less. The displacement of time is 0. 2 5 // The load of N is better than 0 · 4 5 gf. Preferably, the total deformation amount is too large and/or the load N is too small, the elastic recovery rate and/or the recovery rate are deteriorated. On the other hand, if the total deformation amount is too small and/or The aforementioned load N is too large, and the hardened material cannot be adapted to the unevenness of the load when the panel is manufactured.
再者,彈性復原率、恢復率係根據前述使用微小硬度計 之負載-除負載測試上所測量之數值,各別如下述計算: 恢復率(% ) = { Η [ U s t ]八測試前之圖案高度)丨X 1 0 0 彈性復原率(%) = {(H[max]-H[last])/H[max]}xlOO 恢復率以8 5 %以上較佳,而以9 Ο %以上進一步較佳。 彈性復原率以6 0 %以上較佳,而以8 0 %以上進一步較佳。 恢復率及/或彈性復原率若太小,硬化物則無法適應面板 製造時之載重之不均勻。 本發明之硬化性組成物若具有上述特徵,則在其組成上 並未特別受到限制,而尤其可利用(A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化 80 3 26\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 合物及/或(A-2)具有參苯酚甲烷構造之化合物來達成。 [1 - 1 6 ]底面截面積與彈性復原率、恢復率 再者,本發明之硬化性組成物係可形成底面截面積為 2 4 . 5 // m 2以下,且彈性復原率為 5 0 %以上及/或恢復率為 8 5 %以上之硬化物為特徵者。 例如,對攜帶電話機之晝面用面板等供給之間隔物係由 於其像素小,以未損及晝像之方式設計小底面積。在另一 方面,攜帶電話機等之產品在使用時或其他情況容易受到 衝擊,因此易於被載重。本發明之硬化性組成物即使在此 種情況亦表現高度之硬化物(間隔物)之彈性復原率及/或 恢復率,即在此點有其價值。 又按,底面截面積係指間隔物等之由本發明之硬化性組 成物所形成之硬化物與基板之接觸面積而言,利用光學顯 微鏡來觀察間隔物圖案即可測量者。底面截面積以2 0 # m2 以下較佳,而以1 5 " m2以下進一步較佳,且以1 # m2以上 較佳,而以5 // m2以上進一步較佳。 底面截面積若太大,則不適於像素小之攜帶電話機等之 面板。另若底面截面積太小,則無法得到充分之彈性復原 率及/或恢復率。 再者,彈性復原率、恢復率係根據前述使用微小硬度計 之負載-除負載測試上所測量之數值,與前述一樣計算者。 恢復率以9 0 %以上較佳。 彈性復原率以6 0 %以上較佳,而以8 0 %以上進一步較佳。 恢復率及/或彈性復原率若太小,硬化物則無法適應面板 81 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 之衝擊等之載重。 本發明之硬化性組成物若具有上述特徵,則在其組成上 未特別受到限制,而尤其可利用(A - 1 )通式(I )所示之化合 物及/或(A-2)具有參苯酚甲烷構造之化合物來達成。 [2 ]硬化性組成物之使用方法 本發明之硬化性組成物係可藉習知方法使用於各種用途 如印刷佈線板、液晶顯示元件、電漿顯示裝置、大規模積 體電路、薄型電晶體、半導體封裝體、彩色濾光片、有機 電場發光機構等之用途上,以形成阻焊膜、覆面膜、以及 各種電子零件之絕緣被覆層等之硬化物,或形成液晶顯示 裝置等之液晶面板中之彩色濾光片之像素、黑色基體、外 敷層、肋條、以及間隔物等之硬化物等,以下,尤其關於 被用作阻焊層之情形及被用作間隔物之情形加以說明。 [2 - 1 ]充當阻焊層時之使用 通常在藉塗佈等之方法將溶解於或分散於溶劑中之硬化 性組成物以膜狀或圖案狀供給於應設置阻焊層之基板上, 使溶劑乾燥而以膜狀供給之情形,必要時利用施行曝光-顯影之光蝕刻法等之方法來施行圖案之形成。或將預先成 為乾膜光阻材之硬化性組成物依照常法供給於基板上,必 要時利用施行曝光-顯影之光蝕刻法等之方法來施行圖案 之形成。關於如此得到之膜狀或圖案狀硬化性組成物層, 依照需要施行熱硬化處理,藉此在該基板上形成阻焊層。 [2 - 1 - 1 ]基板 該基板係被用以將形成於其上之硬化性組成物利用雷射 82 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 光等予以曝光而施行顯影處理,將因此出現之晝像作為光 阻,對此施加焊接加工等,藉此在其表面上形成電路、電 極等之圖案者,其為銅、銘、金、銀、鉻、鋅、錫、船、 鎳等金屬所製之金屬板本身亦可,不過通常係對於例如由 樹脂[如熱硬化性樹脂(如環氧樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、雙順 丁烯二醯亞胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、酚樹脂、三聚氰胺 樹脂等)、熱塑性樹脂(如飽和聚酯樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、 聚砜樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚苯乙烯樹脂、 聚氯乙烯樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、氟樹脂等)等]、紙、玻璃、 無機物(如氧化鋁、二氧化矽、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣等)或複合 材料(如玻璃布基材環氧樹脂、玻璃不織布基材環氧樹脂、 紙基材環氧樹脂、紙基材酚樹脂等)等所構成之厚度 0.02〜10mm左右之絕緣性支撐體表面,將前述金屬或金屬 氧化物(如氧化銦,氧化錫,摻雜有氧化銦之氧化錫等)等 之金屬箔加熱加壓以層合於該表面上,或使金屬藉減:鍍、 蒸鍍、電鍍金屬等之方法在該表面上形成厚度 1〜l〇〇//m 左右之導電層,如此得到之金屬層合板被愛好使用。 [2 - 1 - 2 ]對基板之供給方法 在溶解於或分散於溶劑中之狀態下供給於基板上之情 形,可利用迄今習知之方法,例如旋轉塗佈、線桿塗佈、 噴霧塗佈、浸潰塗佈、氣刀塗佈、輥塗佈、刮刀塗佈、網 板塗佈、下垂塗佈等。關於塗佈時之塗佈量,若考慮到後 述之處理(晝像之形成,繼之施行之焊接加工等)上之加工 性等,乾燥膜厚則以5 // m以上較佳,而以1 0 // m以上進一 83 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 步較佳,另若考慮到感度等,則以2 Ο Ο // m以下較佳,而以 1 0 0 // m以下進一步較佳。又按,為此際之乾燥溫度,例如 可採取3 0〜1 5 0 °C之程度,以4 0〜1 1 0 °C之程度較佳,而為乾 燥時間,例如可採取5秒鐘〜6 0分鐘之程度,以1 0秒鐘〜3 0 分鐘之程度較佳。 又按,在利用前述硬化性組成物塗佈液之直接塗佈乾燥 以製備硬化性晝像形成材之情形,為了硬化性組成物之氧 所引起之聚合抑制作用之防止等,將聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯吡 咯啶酮、聚環氧乙烷、曱基纖維素、羧曱基纖維素、羥曱 基纖維素等之溶液塗佈於如前所述形成於前述被加工基板 上之前述硬化性組成物層上,並使乾燥,而形成保護層亦 可。 在充當乾膜光阻材之目的下,供給於基板上之情形,可 利用迄今習知之方法來進行。具體而言,使前述各成分溶 解於或分散於適當溶劑中,以作為塗佈液塗佈於暫時支撐 膜上,使之乾燥,必要時使用被覆膜以施覆於所形成之硬 化性組成物層表面上,藉此作為所謂之乾膜光阻材等,在 該乾膜光阻材之硬化性組成物層側被覆有該被覆膜之情 形,剝離該被覆膜,藉加熱層合等之方法積層於被加工基 板上,藉此供給於基板上。 在用以充當該乾膜光阻材等之情形,作為所需要之暫時 支撐膜,例如可使用聚對酞酸乙二酯膜、聚醯亞胺膜、聚 醯胺醯亞胺膜、聚丙烯膜、聚苯乙烯膜等之迄今習知之膜。 此際,若此等膜具有乾膜光阻材之製備上所需要之耐溶劑 84 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694 性或耐熱性等,則可將硬化性組成物塗佈液直接 等暫時支撐膜上,以使乾燥而製成乾膜光阻材, 使在此等膜具有低度耐溶劑性或耐熱性等之情況 如下述製備乾膜光阻材:例如,首先在聚四氟乙 模膜等之具有離模性之膜上形成硬化性組成物層 有低度耐溶劑性或耐熱性等之暫時支撐膜積層於 然後,剝離上述具有離模性之膜,藉此製備乾膜 再者,關於塗佈液用之溶劑,主要對所用之成 分之溶解度而可提供良好之塗膜性,則未特別受 而為此例如可舉出,溶纖劑系溶劑(如 2 -乙氧乙 2 -乙氧乙醇乙酯、2 -曱基乙氧乙醇乙酯、2-乙基 乙_等);丙二醇系溶劑(如丙二醇單曱醚、丙二醇 丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單 酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二(丙二醇)二曱醚等) 劑(如乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯 二乙酿、丙酮酸乙酯、2-羥丁酸乙酯、乙醯乙酸 酸曱醋、乳酸乙S旨、3 -曱氧丙酸甲酯等);醇系溶 醇、己醇、二丙酮醇、糠醇等);酮系溶劑(如環 基戊基酮等);高極性溶劑(如二甲基曱醯胺、二 胺、N -甲基吡咯啶酮等),以及此等之混合溶劑, 添加有芳香族烴者。溶劑之使用比率係相對於硬 物各成分之總量,按重量比時通常在 1〜2 0倍左 内。 [2-1-3]曝光方法 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 85 塗佈於該 再者,即 ,亦可以 烯膜或離 後,使具 該層上, 光阻材。 分具有充 到限制, 醇曱酯、 乙氧乙醇 單乙醚、 乙醚乙酸 ;S旨系溶 、乙二酸 乙酯、乳 L劑(如庚 己酮、甲 甲基乙醯 暨進一步 化性組成 右之範圍 1297694 其次,關於硬化性晝像形成材,在被加工基板上具有硬 化性組成物層者,對該硬化性組成物層施行光照射或加熱 (最好能在雷射光為曝光光源之下施行掃描曝光),藉此予 以曝光。此際,在具有前述保護層等之情形,保持具有該 保護層等之狀態下施行曝光亦可,或予以剝離後施行曝光 亦可。再者,在藉由前述乾膜光阻材形成有硬化性組成物 層之情形,保持具有該暫時支撐膜或剝離後施行曝光均可。 該曝光光源例如可舉出碳弧燈、汞燈、氙燈、金屬_化 物燈、螢光燈、鎢燈、鹵燈以及雷射光源(如H e N e雷射、 氬離子雷射、YAG雷射、HeCd雷射、半導體雷射、紅寶石 雷射等),尤以發出波長域3 5 0〜4 3 0 nm之藍紫色領域之雷射 光之光源較佳,其中心波長為約4 0 5 nm者進一步較佳。具 體可舉出,405nm振盪之氮化銦鎵半導體雷射。 再者,關於利用雷射光源之掃描曝光方法,並未特別受 到限制,而為此例如可舉出平面掃描曝光方式、外面鼓筒 掃描曝光方式、内面鼓筒掃描曝光方式等,掃描曝光條件 最好能將雷射之輸出光強度設定為1〜lOOmW(以3〜70mW進 一步較佳),最好能將振盪波長設定為 3 9 0 〜 4 3 0 ηπι(α 4 0 0〜4 2 0 n m進一步較佳),最好能將光點直徑設定為 2〜3 0 // m (以 4〜2 0 // m進一步較佳),最好能將掃描速度設定為 5 0〜5 0 0 m /秒鐘(以 1 0 0〜4 0 0 m /秒鐘進一步較佳),最好能將 掃描密度設定為2,0 0 0 d p i以上(以4,0 0 0 d p i以上進一步較 佳),以施行掃描曝光。 再者,對本發明之硬化性組成物未施行前述之光硬化, 86 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 但在熱聚合引發劑之存在下予以加熱,藉此亦可以在基板 上形成硬化層。此際之加熱條件可採取通常8 0〜2 5 0 °C,以 1 0 0〜2 0 0 °C較佳之溫度,通常1 0〜1 2 0分鐘,以2 0〜6 0分鐘 較佳之時間。 [2 _ 1 - 4 ]顯影方法 再者,前述曝光後之顯影處理係在使用一最好能含有鹼 成分及必要時含有界面活性劑之水性顯影液之下施行者。 該驗成分例如可舉出,無機驗鹽(如碎酸鈉、秒酸舒、珍酸 鋰、矽酸銨、偏矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、 氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸 鈉、磷酸氫銨、磷酸銨、硼酸鈉、硼酸鉀、硼酸銨等)、有 機胺化合物(如單甲胺、二曱胺、三曱胺、單乙胺、二乙胺、 三乙胺、單異丙胺、二異丙胺、單丁胺、單乙醇胺、二乙 醇胺、三乙醇胺、單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺等)等,係按其 0 . 1〜5 w t %程度之濃度被使用者。 界面活性劑可舉出與前述硬化性組成物中所舉出者相同 之界面活性劑,其中以非離子性、陰離子性、或兩性界面 活性劑較佳,尤其兩性界面活性劑較佳,而以甜菜4金型化 合物特別合適。又按,前述界面活性劑最好能按 0.0001〜20wt%(以 0.0005〜10wt%進一步較佳,而以 0 · 0 0 1〜5 w t %特別合適)之濃度被使用。 此外,顯影液在必要時可含有例如異丙醇、苄醇、2 _乙 氧乙醇乙酯、2 -乙氧乙醇丁酯、2 -乙氧乙醇苯酯、丙二醇、 二丙酮醇等之有機溶劑。再者,顯影液之pH最好能設定為 87 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 9〜14,以11〜14進一步較佳。 又按,顯影處理通常利用使晝像形成材浸漬於上述顯影 液中,或對晝像形成材噴霧上述顯影液等之習知顯影法, 最好能在1 0〜5 0 °C左右,以2 0〜4 0 °C左右進一步較佳之溫度 下,按5秒鐘〜1 0分鐘左右之時間施行之。再者,在顯影 處理後,為了提高以硬化物形成之晝像充當光阻時之耐熱 性或耐藥品性,較佳的是,例如在 1 4 0〜1 6 0 °C左右之溫度 下施行加熱處理。 [2 - 2 ]充當間隔物時之使用 通常在藉塗佈等之方法將溶解於或分散於溶劑中之硬化 性組成物以膜狀或圖案狀供給於應設置間隔物之基板上, 使溶劑乾燥後以膜狀供給之情形,必要時利用施行曝光-顯影之光蝕刻法等之方法來施行圖案之形成。然後依照需 要施行追加曝光處理或熱硬化處理,藉此在該基板上形成 間隔物。 [2 - 2 - 1 ]對基板之供給方法 本發明之硬化性組成物通常係在溶解於或分散於溶劑中 之狀態下供給於基板上者。其供給方法可利用迄今習知之 方法,例如旋塗法、線桿塗法、流動塗法、模塗法、輥塗 法、噴塗法等之方法來施行。尤其依照模塗法時,可大幅 減少塗佈液使用量,並且全然未受到依照旋塗法時會附著 之濕氣等之影響,可抑制異物之產生等,在綜合性觀點上 較佳。塗佈量係以用途而不同,例如在間隔物之情形,其 乾燥膜厚通常在0.5〜10//m之範圍内,以、1〜8//m之範圍内 88 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 較佳,而以1〜7 # m之範圍内特別合適。再者,為乾燥膜厚 或最後形成之間隔物高度,重要的是,在基板全域呈均勻 狀。在變異大之情形,液晶面板則會產生不均勻缺陷。再 者,利用喷墨法、印刷法等,以圖案狀供給亦可。 [2 _ 2 _ 2 ]乾燥方法 硬化性組成物供給於基板上之後之乾燥最好能依照使用 熱板、I R烘箱、對流烘箱之乾燥法施行之。再者,與減壓 乾燥法(不提高溫度,在減壓箱内施行乾燥)組合亦可。乾 燥之條件可依溶劑成分之種類、要使用之乾燥機之性能等 適當選擇之。乾燥時間係依溶劑成分之種類、要使用之乾 燥機之性能等,通常按4 0〜1 3 0 °C溫度選在1 5秒鐘〜5分鐘 之範圍内,較佳的是,按5 0〜1 1 0 °C溫度選在3 0秒鐘〜3分 鐘之範圍内。 [2 - 2-3]曝光方法 關於曝光,將負型光阻圖案重疊在硬化性組成物之塗膜 上,藉由此光阻圖案照射以紫外線或可視光線之光源,以 施行曝光。再者,依照利用雷射光之掃描曝光方式亦可。 此際,在必要時,為了防止氧氣所引起之光聚合性層之感 度降低,在去氧環境下,或在光聚合性層上形成聚乙烯醇 層等之氧氣遮斷層後,施行曝光亦可。使用於上述曝光之 光源並未特別受到限制。光源例如可舉出如氙燈、齒燈、 鎢燈、高壓汞燈、超高壓汞燈、金屬i化物燈、中壓汞燈、 低壓汞燈、碳弧燈、螢光燈等之燈光源;如氬離子雷射、 YAG 雷射、準分子雷射(excimerlaser)、氮雷射、氦編雷 89 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 射、藍紫色半導體雷射、近紅外半導體雷射等之雷射光源 等。在照射特定波長之光以供使用之情形,利用光學濾波 器亦可。^ [2 - 2 - 4 ]顯影方法 在施行上述曝光後,可藉一種使用含有驗性化合物及必 要時所含之界面活性劑之水溶液或有機溶劑所行之顯影, 在基板上形成晝像圖案。此水溶液可進一步含有有機溶 劑、緩衝劑、錯合化劑、染料或顏料。 驗性化合物可舉出如氫氧化納、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化經、 碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、 偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸 二氫納、填酸二氫钟、氫氧化敍等之無機驗性化合物;如 單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、單甲胺、二曱胺、三曱 胺、單乙胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、單異丙胺、二異丙胺、正 丁胺、單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、伸乙亞胺、 伸乙二亞胺、氫氧化四曱銨(TMAH)、膽4僉等之有機鹼性化 合物。此項驗性化合物為二種以上之混合物亦可。 界面活性劑例如可舉出如聚氧伸乙基烷基醚類、聚氧伸 乙基烷基芳基醚類、聚氧伸乙基烷酯類、山梨糖醇烷酯類、 單甘油酯院酯類等之非離子系界面活性劑;如烧基苯續酸 鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類、 磺酸基丁二酸酯鹽類等之陰離子性界面活性劑;如烷基甜 菜4会類、胺基酸類等之兩性界面活性劑。 有機溶劑例如可舉出異丙醇、苄醇、2 -乙氧乙醇乙酯、 90 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 2 -乙氧乙醇丁酯、2 -乙氧乙醇笨酯、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。 將有機溶劑單獨使用或與水溶液一起使用均可。 [2 - 2 _ 5 ]追加曝光及熱硬化處理 對顯影後之基板,依照需要以與前述曝光方法相同之方 法施行追加曝光亦可,或施行熱硬化處理亦可。尤其較佳 的是施行熱硬化處理。為此際之熱硬化處理條件,將溫度 選在1 0 0〜2 8 0 °C之範圍内,以1 5 0〜2 5 0 °C之範圍内較佳,而 將時間選在5〜6 0分鐘之範圍内。 <實施例> 以下,關於本發明之硬化性組成物,舉出針對阻焊層用 途及間隔物用途之具體實施例加以說明,但本發明只要不 超過其要旨,則未受到以下之實施例之限制。 [1 ]阻焊層用之硬化性組成物 實施例1〜3,比較例1〜2 將下述成分(A 1 )〜(A 6 )之前述通式(I )所示化合物及其他 化合物、成分(B 1〜B 4 )之光聚合引發劑、成分(C 1 )之乙烯性 不飽和化合物、成分(D 1 )之環氧化合物、成分(E 1 )之環氧 硬化劑、成分(Η 1〜Η 2 )之無機填充劑、成分(J 1〜J 3 )之增感 色素以及成分(X 1 )之其他成分按照表1所示之配合比例加 入丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯100重量份,在室溫下予以攪拌而 配製一塗佈液。另外,對於重疊黏貼有厚度3 5 // m之銅箔 之聚醢亞胺樹脂之銅敷積層基板(厚度1 . 5 m m,大小2 5 0 m m x200mm),使用一種表面處理材「Scotch-Bright SF」(住 友3 Μ公司所製造)以研磨該基板之銅结表面,予以水洗, 91 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 藉空氣流乾燥、整面,其次,在烘箱中預熱至6 (TC後,將 前述所得之塗佈液以乾燥膜厚可成為2 5 // m之方式塗佈於 該銅敷積層基板之銅箔上,在熱風循環式乾燥爐以8 0 °C溫 度下乾燥3 0分鐘而製成一光硬化性晝像形成材。 (A 1 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 將 9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥苯)苐之二環氧化物(環氧當量 231)231g、2 -丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸(酸值260,共榮化學公 司產品「Η Ο A - M S」)2 1 6 g、氯化三乙苄銨0 · 4 5 g以及對-曱 氧苯O.lg裝入500ml之四口燒瓶,一邊將空氣按25ml /分 鐘之速度吹入,一邊在9 0〜1 0 0 °C溫度下加熱溶解,然後在 溶液呈白濁之狀態下慢慢升溫至 1 2 0 °C ,以使完全溶化, 繼之將變成透明黏稠狀之溶液繼續加熱攪拌8小時,以便 其酸值達到0 . 8 K 0 Η · m g / g,而得到無色透明之反應產物。 繼之,對所得到之反應產物4 4 7 g添加2 -乙基乙氧乙醇乙 酯2 0 g以使溶化後,對此添加1,2,3,6 -四氫S太酸酐3 8 g、 聯苯四羧酸二酐7 3 . 5 g、以及溴化四乙銨1 g,慢慢升溫而 在 1 1 0〜1 1 5 °C溫度下進行反應 2 小時,藉此得到化合物 (A 1 )。所得化合物之重量平均分子量為 3,5 0 0,雙鍵當量 為 5 6 0 〇 (A 2 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 使丁二酸酐200重量份與市面上出售之季戊四醇三丙烯 酸酯596重量份在三乙胺2. 5重量份及氫酿0.25重量份之 存在下且在 1 0 0 °C溫度下進行反應 5小時,而得到一由1 分子中具有1個羧基及2個以上之丙烯醯基之多官能丙烯 92 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 酸酯 6 7 m ο 1 %與季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯 3 3 m ο 1 %所構成 酸值9 4之多官能丙稀酸酯混合物。除了使用此多官 酸酯混合物 5 9 7 g來代替 2 -丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸: 外,均與前述(A 1 )之製造例一樣施行製造而得到 (A 2 )。所得化合物之重量平均分子量為 3,0 0 0,雙 為 2 1 0。 (A 3 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 在前述(A 1 )之製造例中,除了使用二苯基酮四羧 8 0 . 5 g來代替聯苯四羧酸二酐7 3 · 5 g之外,均與前 之製造例一樣施行製造,而得到化合物(A 3 )。所得 之重量平均分子量為3, 500,雙鍵當量為189。Furthermore, the elastic recovery rate and recovery rate are calculated according to the above-mentioned load-de-load test values using a micro hardness tester, and are calculated as follows: Recovery rate (%) = { Η [ U st ] Eight before the test Pattern height) 丨X 1 0 0 Elastic recovery rate (%) = {(H[max]-H[last])/H[max]}xlOO Recovery rate is preferably 85% or more, and more than 9%% Further preferred. The elastic recovery rate is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 80% or more. If the recovery rate and/or the elastic recovery rate are too small, the hardened material cannot be adapted to the unevenness of the load when the panel is manufactured. When the curable composition of the present invention has the above characteristics, its composition is not particularly limited, and in particular, (A-1) the compound represented by the formula (I) 80 3 26\patent specification (supplement) ) \94-03\93134393 1297694 The compound and/or (A-2) is obtained by a compound having a phenol methane structure. [1 - 1 6 ] The cross-sectional area of the bottom surface, the elastic recovery rate, and the recovery rate. Further, the curable composition of the present invention can form a cross-sectional area of the bottom surface of 2 4 . 5 // m 2 or less, and the elastic recovery rate is 5 0. A cured product having a % or more and/or a recovery rate of 85% or more is characteristic. For example, a spacer for supplying a face panel for a portable telephone or the like is small in size, and a small bottom area is designed so as not to damage the image. On the other hand, a product such as a portable telephone or the like is easily impacted at the time of use or other conditions, and thus is easily loaded. The curable composition of the present invention exhibits an elastic recovery rate and/or a recovery rate of a cured product (spacer) of a high degree even in such a case, i.e., has a value at this point. Further, the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface refers to the contact area between the cured product formed of the curable composition of the present invention such as a spacer and the substrate, and the spacer pattern can be observed by an optical microscope. The cross-sectional area of the bottom surface is preferably 2 0 #m2 or less, more preferably 1 5 " m2 or less, and more preferably 1 # m2 or more, and further preferably 5 // m2 or more. If the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface is too large, it is not suitable for a panel such as a cellular phone having a small pixel. In addition, if the cross-sectional area of the bottom surface is too small, a sufficient elastic recovery rate and/or recovery rate cannot be obtained. Further, the elastic recovery rate and the recovery rate are the same as those described above based on the values measured on the load-de-load test using the micro hardness meter described above. The recovery rate is preferably more than 90%. The elastic recovery rate is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 80% or more. If the recovery rate and/or the elastic recovery rate are too small, the hardened material cannot be adapted to the load such as the impact of the panel 81 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694. When the curable composition of the present invention has the above characteristics, its composition is not particularly limited, and in particular, (A-1) a compound represented by the formula (I) and/or (A-2) having a ginseng can be used. A compound of phenol methane structure is achieved. [2] Method of using the curable composition The curable composition of the present invention can be used in various applications such as a printed wiring board, a liquid crystal display element, a plasma display device, a large-scale integrated circuit, a thin transistor by a conventional method. In the use of a semiconductor package, a color filter, an organic electric field illuminating mechanism, etc., a cured film such as a solder resist film, a cover film, and an insulating coating of various electronic components, or a liquid crystal panel such as a liquid crystal display device is formed. The pixels of the color filter, the black matrix, the overcoat layer, the ribs, and the cured material of the spacer or the like are described below, particularly in the case of being used as a solder resist layer and in the case of being used as a spacer. [2 - 1 ] When used as a solder resist layer, a curable composition dissolved or dispersed in a solvent is usually supplied to a substrate on which a solder resist layer is to be provided in a film form or a pattern by a coating method or the like. When the solvent is dried and supplied in the form of a film, if necessary, the formation of a pattern is performed by a method such as photolithography using an exposure-developing method. Alternatively, the curable composition which has been previously formed as a dry film resist material is supplied onto the substrate in accordance with a usual method, and if necessary, a pattern is formed by a method such as photolithography using an exposure-developing method. The film-like or patterned curable composition layer thus obtained is subjected to a heat hardening treatment as needed to form a solder resist layer on the substrate. [2 - 1 - 1 ] Substrate This substrate is used to develop a hardenable composition formed thereon by exposing it to a laser 82 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 light or the like. Processing, the resulting image is used as a photoresist, and a welding process or the like is applied thereto, thereby forming a pattern of a circuit, an electrode, or the like on the surface thereof, which is copper, inscription, gold, silver, chromium, zinc, tin, A metal plate made of a metal such as a ship or a nickel may be used as it is, but usually it is, for example, made of a resin [such as a thermosetting resin (such as an epoxy resin, a polyimide resin, a bis-methylene iodide resin, or not). Saturated polyester resin, phenol resin, melamine resin, etc.), thermoplastic resin (such as saturated polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, polysulfone resin, acrylic resin, polyamide resin, polystyrene resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, Polyolefin resin, fluororesin, etc.], paper, glass, inorganic materials (such as alumina, ceria, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, etc.) or composite materials (such as glass cloth substrate epoxy resin, glass non-woven substrate ring) Oxygen resin, paper base a surface of an insulating support having a thickness of about 0.02 to 10 mm, such as an epoxy resin or a paper base material phenol resin, and the like, or a metal or metal oxide (such as indium oxide, tin oxide, tin oxide doped with indium oxide) Etching or the like, the metal foil is heated and pressurized to be laminated on the surface, or the metal is subtracted: plating, vapor deposition, electroplating, etc., forming a conductive layer having a thickness of about 1 to 1 〇〇//m on the surface. The layer, the metal laminate thus obtained is used hobbies. [2 - 1 - 2 ] When the method of supplying the substrate is supplied to the substrate in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent, a conventional method such as spin coating, wire coating, spray coating, or the like can be used. , dipping coating, air knife coating, roll coating, blade coating, screen coating, droop coating, and the like. The coating amount at the time of coating is preferably 5 / 5 m or more in consideration of the workability in the treatment (the formation of an image, the subsequent welding, etc.), which will be described later. 1 0 // m or more into 83 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 The step is better, and if the sensitivity is taken into consideration, it is better to use 2 Ο Ο // m or less, and 1 0 0 / m or less is further preferred. Further, the drying temperature for this purpose can be, for example, about 30 to 150 ° C, preferably 40 to 110 ° C, and for drying time, for example, 5 seconds can be taken. The degree of 60 minutes is preferably from 10 seconds to 30 minutes. In addition, in the case where the curable composition forming material is directly applied and dried by the coating liquid of the curable composition, the polyvinyl alcohol is used for the prevention of polymerization inhibition by oxygen of the curable composition. a solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, decyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxydecyl cellulose or the like applied to the aforementioned hardenability formed on the substrate to be processed as described above The composition layer may be dried and formed into a protective layer. The supply to the substrate can be carried out by a conventional method for the purpose of serving as a dry film photoresist. Specifically, each of the above components is dissolved or dispersed in a suitable solvent, applied as a coating liquid onto a temporary supporting film, and dried, and if necessary, a coating film is applied to apply the formed curable composition. On the surface of the layer, as a so-called dry film photoresist or the like, the coating film is coated on the side of the curable composition layer of the dry film resist, and the coating is peeled off and laminated by heating. The method is laminated on the substrate to be processed, thereby being supplied onto the substrate. In the case of acting as the dry film resist material or the like, as the temporary supporting film required, for example, a polyethylene terephthalate film, a polyimide film, a polyamide film, a polypropylene, or a polypropylene can be used. Films, polystyrene films, and the like which have hitherto been known. In this case, if the film has the solvent resistance 84 326\patent specification (supplement)\94·03\93134393 1297694 or heat resistance required for the preparation of the dry film photoresist material, the hardenable composition may be used. The coating liquid is directly supported on the film, and dried to form a dry film resist material, and the film is made to have low solvent resistance or heat resistance, etc., and a dry film resist material is prepared as follows: for example, First, a temporary supporting film having a low solvent resistance or heat resistance such as a curable composition layer is formed on a film having a release property such as a polytetrafluoroethylene film, and then the film having the release property is peeled off. Further, by preparing a dry film, the solvent for the coating liquid can provide good film coating properties mainly for the solubility of the components to be used, and is not particularly affected, and for example, a cellosolve solvent (for example) Such as 2-ethoxyethyl 2-ethoxyethanol ethyl ester, 2-mercaptoethoxyethyl alcohol ethyl ester, 2-ethyl ethyl ethoxide, etc.); propylene glycol solvent (such as propylene glycol monoterpene ether, propylene glycol propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol) Monoterpene ether acetate, propylene glycol monoester, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, Di(propylene glycol) dioxime ether, etc. (such as butyl acetate, amyl acetate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, diethyl acetate, ethyl pyruvate, ethyl 2-hydroxybutyrate, acetonitrile acetic acid曱 vinegar, lactic acid B, 3 - methoxypropionate, etc.; alcoholic alcohol, hexanol, diacetone alcohol, decyl alcohol, etc.); ketone solvent (such as cyclopentyl ketone, etc.); high polarity A solvent (such as dimethyl decylamine, diamine, N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.), and a mixed solvent of these, added with an aromatic hydrocarbon. The solvent usage ratio is usually from 1 to 20 times by weight in terms of the total amount of the components of the hard material. [2-1-3]exposure method 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 85 coated on the other, that is, the olefin film or the detachment layer can be used to make the layer . The content has a charge limit, alcohol oxime ester, ethoxyethanol monoethyl ether, diethyl ether acetic acid; S is a solution, ethyl oxalate, milk L agent (such as heptyl ketone, methyl ethyl hydrazine and further chemical composition right Scope 1297694 Next, regarding the curable smear forming material, if the curable composition layer is provided on the substrate to be processed, the curable composition layer is irradiated with light or heated (preferably, the laser light is under the exposure light source). In the case where the protective layer or the like is provided, the exposure may be performed while the protective layer or the like is held, or the exposure may be performed after peeling off. When the curable composition layer is formed of the dry film resist material, the temporary support film may be retained or exposed after peeling. The exposure light source may, for example, be a carbon arc lamp, a mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, or a metal compound. Lamps, fluorescent lamps, tungsten lamps, halogen lamps, and laser sources (such as Hee e e lasers, argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, HeCd lasers, semiconductor lasers, ruby lasers, etc.), especially Wavelength domain 3 5 0~4 The light source of the laser light in the blue-violet field of 30 nm is preferable, and the center wavelength of the light source is about 405 nm. More specifically, a 405 nm oscillation indium gallium nitride semiconductor laser is used. The scanning exposure method of the laser light source is not particularly limited, and for this purpose, for example, a plane scanning exposure method, an outer drum scanning exposure method, an inner drum scanning exposure method, etc., and a scanning exposure condition preferably can be used for laser irradiation. The output light intensity is set to 1 to 100 mW (more preferably 3 to 70 mW), and it is preferable to set the oscillation wavelength to 3 9 0 to 4 3 0 ηπι (a further preferred is α 4 0 0 to 4 2 nm). It is better to set the spot diameter to 2~3 0 // m (more preferably 4~2 0 // m), and it is better to set the scan speed to 5 0~5 0 m / sec (in 1 0 0 to 4 0 0 m / sec is further preferable), and it is preferable to set the scanning density to 2,0 0 dpi or more (more preferably 4,0 0 dpi or more) to perform scanning exposure. Furthermore, the photohardening of the hardening composition of the present invention is not performed, 86 326\Patent Specification (Supplementary [94]\93134393 1297694 However, it is heated in the presence of a thermal polymerization initiator, whereby a hardened layer can be formed on the substrate. The heating condition can be usually 80 to 250 ° C. 1 0 0~2 0 0 °C The preferred temperature is usually 1 0~1 2 0 minutes, preferably 2 0~60 0 minutes. [2 _ 1 - 4 ] Development method, the development after the aforementioned exposure The treatment is carried out using an aqueous developer which preferably contains an alkali component and, if necessary, a surfactant. The test component can be exemplified by inorganic salt (such as sodium citrate, succinate, lithium citrate, ammonium citrate, sodium metasilicate, potassium metasilicate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide). , sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate, ammonium hydrogen phosphate, ammonium phosphate, sodium borate, potassium borate, ammonium borate, etc.), organic amine compounds (such as monomethylamine, diamine, three Indamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, monobutylamine, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, etc.) , according to the concentration of 0.1 to 5 wt% by the user. The surfactant may be the same surfactant as mentioned in the above-mentioned curable composition, wherein a nonionic, anionic or amphoteric surfactant is preferred, and especially an amphoteric surfactant is preferred. Beet 4 gold type compounds are particularly suitable. Further, it is preferable that the above surfactant is used in a concentration of 0.0001 to 20% by weight (more preferably 0.0005 to 10% by weight, and particularly preferably 0. 0.001 to 5%). Further, the developer may contain, if necessary, an organic solvent such as isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 2-ethoxyethoxyethyl ester, 2-ethoxyethanol butyl ester, 2-ethoxyethanol phenyl ester, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol or the like. . Further, the pH of the developer can be preferably set to 87 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 9 to 14, further preferably 11 to 14. Further, the development processing is usually carried out by a conventional developing method in which the image forming material is immersed in the developing solution or the developer is sprayed onto the image forming material, and preferably at about 10 to 50 ° C. At a further preferred temperature of about 2 0 to 4 ° C, it is carried out for about 5 seconds to 10 minutes. Further, after the development treatment, in order to improve heat resistance or chemical resistance when the image formed by the cured product acts as a photoresist, it is preferably carried out, for example, at a temperature of about 140 to 160 °C. Heat treatment. [2 - 2 ] When the spacer is used, the curable composition dissolved or dispersed in the solvent is usually supplied to the substrate on which the spacer is to be provided in a film form or a pattern by a coating method or the like, so that the solvent In the case of being supplied as a film after drying, if necessary, the formation of a pattern is carried out by a method such as photo-etching by exposure-development. Then, an additional exposure treatment or a heat hardening treatment is performed as needed to form spacers on the substrate. [2 - 2 - 1 ] Method of supplying the substrate The curable composition of the present invention is usually supplied to a substrate in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. The supply method can be carried out by a conventional method such as a spin coating method, a wire coating method, a flow coating method, a die coating method, a roll coating method, a spray coating method or the like. In particular, in the case of the die-coating method, the amount of the coating liquid to be used can be greatly reduced, and it is not affected by moisture or the like which adheres to the spin coating method, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of comprehensiveness. The coating amount varies depending on the application. For example, in the case of a spacer, the dry film thickness is usually in the range of 0.5 to 10/m, and is in the range of 1 to 8//m. It is preferred to use \94-03\93134393 1297694, and it is particularly suitable in the range of 1~7 #m. Further, in order to dry the film thickness or the height of the spacer formed last, it is important that the substrate is uniform throughout the entire substrate. In the case of large variations, the liquid crystal panel will produce uneven defects. Further, it may be supplied in a pattern by an inkjet method, a printing method, or the like. [2 _ 2 _ 2 ] Drying method Drying after the hardening composition is supplied onto the substrate is preferably carried out in accordance with a drying method using a hot plate, an I R oven, or a convection oven. Further, it may be combined with a vacuum drying method (drying in a pressure-reducing box without increasing the temperature). The drying conditions can be appropriately selected depending on the kind of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, and the like. The drying time is usually selected according to the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, etc., at a temperature of from 40 to 130 ° C in the range of from 15 seconds to 5 minutes, preferably, by 50. The temperature of ~1 1 0 °C is selected within the range of 30 seconds to 3 minutes. [2 - 2-3] Exposure method Regarding the exposure, a negative resist pattern is superposed on the coating film of the curable composition, and the light source is irradiated with a light source of ultraviolet light or visible light to perform exposure. Furthermore, it is also possible to use a scanning exposure method using laser light. In this case, if necessary, in order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer caused by oxygen from being lowered, an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer may be formed in a deoxidizing environment or on the photopolymerizable layer, and exposure may be performed. . The light source used for the above exposure is not particularly limited. The light source may, for example, be a lamp source such as a xenon lamp, a tooth lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a metal i hydride lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a fluorescent lamp or the like; Argon ion laser, YAG laser, excimer laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, 氦编雷89 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 shot, blue-violet semiconductor laser, near-infrared Laser light sources such as semiconductor lasers. In the case where light of a specific wavelength is irradiated for use, an optical filter may be used. ^ [2 - 2 - 4 ] Development method After performing the above exposure, an image of an image can be formed on a substrate by using an aqueous solution or an organic solvent containing an organic compound containing an organic compound and, if necessary, a surfactant. . The aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffer, a dismutating agent, a dye or a pigment. The test compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, hydrogen peroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, potassium citrate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, phosphoric acid. Inorganic compounds such as potassium, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, dihydrogen phosphate, dihydrogen hydride, and hydrazine; such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, monomethylamine, diamine, three Indoleamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, monoisopropylamine, diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, An organic basic compound such as ethylenediamine, tetraammonium hydroxide (TMAH), or cholestyramine. This test compound may also be a mixture of two or more. Examples of the surfactant include, for example, polyoxyethylene ethyl ethers, polyoxyethylene ethyl aryl ethers, polyoxyalkylene esters, sorbitol alkyl esters, and monoglycerides. Nonionic surfactants such as esters; such as alkyl benzoate, alkylnaphthalene sulfonate, alkyl sulfate, alkyl sulfonate, sulfonate succinate Or anionic surfactant; such as alkyl beet 4, amphoteric acid and other amphoteric surfactants. Examples of the organic solvent include isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-ethoxyethanol ethyl ester, 90 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 2 - ethoxyethanol butyl ester, 2-ethoxyethanol Stable ester, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, and the like. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution. [2 - 2 _ 5 ] Additional exposure and thermal hardening treatment The substrate after development may be subjected to additional exposure in the same manner as the above-described exposure method, or may be subjected to thermal hardening treatment. It is especially preferred to carry out a heat hardening treatment. For the thermal hardening treatment conditions, the temperature is selected in the range of 100 to 280 ° C, preferably in the range of 150 to 250 ° C, and the time is selected in the 5 to 6 Within 0 minutes. <Examples> Hereinafter, specific examples of the use of the solder resist layer and the use of the spacers will be described with respect to the curable composition of the present invention. However, the present invention is not subjected to the following embodiments as long as the gist of the present invention is not exceeded. Example limits. [1] Curable composition for solder resist layer Examples 1 to 3, Comparative Examples 1 to 2 The compounds of the above formula (I) and other compounds of the following components (A 1 ) to (A 6 ), a photopolymerization initiator of the component (B 1 to B 4 ), an ethylenically unsaturated compound of the component (C 1 ), an epoxy compound of the component (D 1 ), an epoxy hardener of the component (E 1 ), and a component (Η) 1 to Η 2) inorganic filler, sensitizing dye of component (J 1 to J 3 ), and other components of component (X 1 ), 100 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added according to the mixing ratio shown in Table 1. A coating liquid was prepared by stirring at room temperature. In addition, for a copper-clad laminate substrate (thickness 1.5 mm, size 2 5 0 mm x 200 mm) of a polyimide foil having a thickness of 3 5 // m thick, a surface treatment material "Scotch-Bright" was used. SF" (manufactured by Sumitomo 3) to polish the surface of the copper joint of the substrate and wash it with water, 91 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 by air flow drying, the whole surface, and secondly, in the oven After preheating to 6 (TC), the coating liquid obtained as described above is applied to the copper foil of the copper clad layer substrate so that the dry film thickness can be 2 5 // m, and the hot air circulating drying oven is 8 The photocurable ruthenium-forming material was formed by drying at 0 ° C for 30 minutes. (A 1 ) The compound obtained by the following production example was 9,9-bis(4'-hydroxyphenyl)anthracene. Epoxide (epoxy equivalent 231) 231 g, 2-propenyloxyethyl succinic acid (acid value 260, product of "Kongrong Chemical Co., Ltd. "Η Ο A - MS") 2 16 g, triethylbenzylammonium chloride 0 · 4 5 g and p-oxobenzene O.lg were placed in a 500 ml four-necked flask while blowing air at a rate of 25 ml / minute while at 90 ° 1 The solution was heated and dissolved at 0 ° C, and then slowly heated to 120 ° C in a state where the solution was cloudy, so that it was completely dissolved, and then the solution became a transparent viscous solution, and the mixture was further heated and stirred for 8 hours to make it acid. The value reached 0. 8 K 0 Η · mg / g, and a colorless and transparent reaction product was obtained. Then, to the obtained reaction product 4 4 7 g, 2 - ethyl ethoxyethanol ethyl ester 20 g was added to dissolve Thereafter, 3,8 g of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-S-acid anhydride, 7 3 g of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 1 g of tetraethylammonium bromide were added thereto, and the temperature was gradually raised in 1 The reaction was carried out at a temperature of 1 0 to 1 1 5 ° C for 2 hours, thereby obtaining a compound (A 1 ). The obtained compound had a weight average molecular weight of 3,500 and a double bond equivalent of 5 60 Å (A 2 ). The compound obtained in the following production example, 200 parts by weight of succinic anhydride and 596 parts by weight of commercially available pentaerythritol triacrylate in the presence of 2.5 parts by weight of triethylamine and 0.25 parts by weight of hydrogen and at 1 0 0 The reaction was carried out at a temperature of ° C for 5 hours to obtain a polyfunctional C having one carboxyl group and two or more acryl groups in one molecule. 92326 \ patent specification (complement member) \ 94-03 \ 931,343,931,297,694 ester 6 7 m ο 1% of pentaerythritol tetraacrylate and 3 3 m ο 9 4 many functional acrylic ester mixtures constituted 1% of the acid value. (A 2 ) was obtained in the same manner as in the production example of the above (A 1 ) except that the polyorganic acid ester mixture was used in place of 2 - propylene oxide ethyl succinic acid. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained compound was 3,0 0 0 and the double was 2 1 0. (A3) A compound obtained by the following production example, in the production example of the above (A1), except that diphenyl ketone tetracarboxylate 80.5 g is used instead of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 7 3 · 5 Except for g, the same procedure as in the previous production example was carried out to obtain a compound (A 3 ). The weight average molecular weight obtained was 3,500 and the double bond equivalent was 189.
(A 4 )由以下之製造例所得到之化合物 在前述(A1)之製造例中,除了使用9,9 -雙(4’ 曱苯)苐之二環氧化物2 3 1 g來代替9,9 -雙(4 ’ -羥J 二環氧化物2 3 1 g之外,均與前述(A 1 )之製造例一樣 造,而得到化合物(A 4 )。所得化合物之重量平均分 3, 000,雙鍵當量為187。 (A 5 ;用於比較例)由以下之製造例所得到之化合 在前述(A1)之製造例中,除了使用丙烯酸72g來 丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸216g之外,均與前述(A1)之製 樣施行製造,而得到化合物(A 5 )。所得化合物之重 分子量為3, 200,雙鍵當量為416。 (A 6 ;用於比較例)具有下述構成上之重複單元之 (A6)(酸值100mgKOH/g,重量平均分子量5,000,雙 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 93 之具有 能丙烯 丨1 6 g之 化合物 鍵當量 酸二酐 述(A1 ) 化合物 卜3,-t )苐之 施行製 子量為 物 代替2 -造例一 量平均 化合物 鍵當量 1297694 3 9 8,昭和高分子公司所製造「P R - 3 Ο 0 J」)(A4) A compound obtained by the following production example, in the production example of the above (A1), except that 9,3 -bis(4' fluorene benzene) quinone diepoxide 2 3 1 g is used instead of 9, The compound (A 4 ) was obtained in the same manner as in the production example of the above (A 1 ) except that 9 -bis (4 '-hydroxy J diepoxide 2 3 1 g). The obtained compound had an average weight of 3,000. The double bond equivalent was 187. (A5; used in Comparative Example) The compound obtained by the following Production Example was used in the production example of the above (A1) except that 72 g of acrylic acid was used to give propylene oxide succinic acid 216 g. All of them were produced by the preparation of the above (A1) to give the compound (A 5 ). The obtained compound had a molecular weight of 3,200 and a double bond equivalent of 416. (A 6 ; for comparative examples) (A6) (acid value 100 mgKOH/g, weight average molecular weight 5,000, double 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 93 with a compound repeating acid having a propylene oxide of 16 g The dianhydride (A1) compound 3,-t) oxime is used as a substitute for 2 - the first amount of the average compound bond equivalent 129769 4 3 9 8, "P R - 3 Ο 0 J" manufactured by Showa Polymer Co., Ltd.)
HOCC OOC OCHiCHCHiOOCCH^CHjHOCC OOC OCHiCHCHiOOCCH^CHj
(Bl)l-(4_曱硫苯)-2-嗎琳-2-曱基丙烧-1-西同 (B2)2,4 -二乙硫σ山酮 (Β3)2 -羥-4-正辛醯二苯基酮 (Β4)2, 2’ -雙(鄰-氯苯)_4, 4’ ,5, 5’ -四苯聯咪唑 (C1)二(季戊四醇)六丙烯酸酯 (D 1 )鄰-曱苯酚系酚醛樹脂型環氧樹脂(環氧值 2 1 JAPAN EPOXY RESIN C0·所製造「EPICOAT180S70」) (E 1 )氰胍 (Η 1 )硫酸鋇 (Η 2 )滑石 (J1)下述之增感色素 (J2)下述之增感色素 (J3)下述之增感色素 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 94 1297694 αΐ)(Bl) l-(4_曱thiobenzene)-2-Mallin-2-mercaptopropan-1-yin (B2) 2,4-diethylsulfanthone (Β3)2-hydroxy-4 - n-octyl diphenyl ketone (Β4) 2, 2'-bis(o-chlorophenyl)_4, 4', 5, 5'-tetrabenzimidazole (C1) bis(pentaerythritol) hexaacrylate (D 1 O-p-phenol phenolic resin type epoxy resin (epoxy value 2 1 JAPAN EPOXY RESIN C0·"EPICOAT180S70") (E 1 )Cyanide (Η 1 ) barium sulfate (Η 2 ) talc (J1) Sensitizing dye (J2) The following sensitizing dye (J3) The following sensitizing dye 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 94 1297694 αΐ)
ch3 (X 1 )酞菁綠 [1 - 1 ]高壓汞燈曝光感度 關於前述所得之光硬化性晝像形成材,按以下所示方法 測量曝光感度’而將結果不於表1中。 對所得晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層照射以1 kW超高 壓汞燈,而求出在使用1 w t %碳酸鈉水溶液之下且在3 0 °C溫 度下顯影8 0秒鐘時之階調晝像再現之最小曝光量(m J / c m2) 以作為感度。 [1 - 2 ]對基板之密合性 其次,對所得之光硬化性晝像形成材,按以下所示方法 評估硬化層對被加工基板之密合性及其耐熱性,而將結果 示於表1中。Ch3 (X 1 ) phthalocyanine green [1 - 1 ] High-pressure mercury lamp exposure sensitivity The photocurable photographic image-forming material obtained as described above was measured for exposure sensitivity as shown below, and the results were not shown in Table 1. The photocurable composition layer of the obtained image forming material was irradiated with a 1 kW ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, and it was found to be under the use of a 1 wt% aqueous sodium carbonate solution and developed at a temperature of 30 ° C for 80 seconds. The minimum exposure (m J / c m2 ) of the tone image is reproduced as the sensitivity. [1 - 2 ] Adhesiveness to the substrate Next, the obtained photocurable image forming material was evaluated for the adhesion of the cured layer to the substrate to be processed and the heat resistance thereof as shown below, and the results were shown in in FIG. 1.
對所得之晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層,在使用 1 k W 95 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 超高壓汞燈之下,按前述所求出之最小曝光量予以照射以 使形成全面硬化層後,對所得之硬化層在 1 5 0 °C溫度下施 行加熱處理6 0分鐘,然後根據J I S D 0 2 0 2,使用切割機具 以按1 m m間隔可成為1 0 0個方格之方式對硬化層上施加切 痕,而將NichibanCo.所製造之賽p各凡(cellophane)膠帶 貼在該硬化層上,以測量該膠帶剝離時之硬化層之剝離方 格數,而按下述基準予以評估。 A :在1 0 0個方格中,硬化層之剝離方格數為0。 B :在1 0 0個方格中,硬化層之剝離方格數為1個以上, 小於5個。 C :在1 0 0個方格中,硬化層之剝離方格數為5個以上, 小於1 0個。 D :在1 0 0個方格.中,硬化層之剝離方格數為1 0個以上。 [1 _ 3 ]密合性之财熱性 與前述一樣,使用切割機具以可成為1 0 0個方格之方式 施加切痕後,將FLUX (TAMURΑ ΚΑΚΕN C0.所製造)塗佈於表 面上,其次,將一項在2 9 0 °C之焊劑浴中浸潰3 0秒鐘後恢 復室温之操作反覆施行6次。然後,將赛珞凡膠帶貼在硬 化層上,與前述一樣,測量該膠帶剝離時之硬化層之剝離 方格數,而按相同基準予以評估。 [1 - 4 ]雷射曝光感度 實施例4 (阻焊層用硬化性組成物:雷射曝光) 關於與實施例1〜3 —樣製成之光硬化性晝像形成材,在 使用雷射光為曝光光源之下,按下述方法測量雷射曝光感 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 96 1297694 度,然後,除了將曝光光源改為雷射光之外,均與前述一 樣施行對基板之密合性及其耐熱性之評估,而將結果示於 表1中。 將所得之晝像形成材之光硬化性組成物層固定於直徑 7cm之銘製圓筒上,按每分鐘10〜100轉,在改變轉數之下, 使用一具有中心波長4 0 5 n m及雷射輸出5 m W之雷射光源(曰 亞化學工業公司所製造「NLHV 5 0 0 C」),按像面照度 2mW 及光點直徑2 0 // m且在改變光束掃描間隔及掃描速度之下 施行掃描曝光,其次,在使用3 0 °C之1 w t %碳酸鈉水溶液為 顯影液之下,以成為0 . 1 5 Μ P a之方式予以喷灑,而按最小 顯影時間之1 . 5倍時間施行噴霧顯影,藉此使畫像出現。 關於所得之晝像,求出2 0 // m線寬之再現所需曝光量,以 作為對藍紫色雷射之感度。 [2 ]阻焊層用之硬化性組成物:乾膜光阻 實施例5〜7 將光硬化性組成物使用敷料器以按乾燥膜厚可成為 25 // m之量塗佈於充當暫時支撐膜之聚對酞酸乙二酯膜(厚 度1 9 // m )上,在9 0 °C之烘箱内乾燥5分鐘,而在所形成之 光硬化性組成物層上積層一充當被覆膜之聚乙烯膜(厚度 2 5 // m),予以放置1日,而製成乾膜光阻材。其次,將所 得之乾膜光阻材一邊剝離該聚乙烯膜,一邊以其剝離面在 使用手動式輥層合機之下,按輥溫度1 0 0 °C,輥壓0 . 3 Μ P a, 層合速度1.5m/分鐘予以層壓於與實施例1〜3所用者相同 之銅敷積層基板之銅箔上,而製備一由光硬化性組成物層 97 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 形成於銅敷積層基板上而成之光硬化性晝像 關於所得之光硬化性晝像形成材之光硬化 以與實施例4相同之方法測量雷射曝光感度 基板之密合性及其耐熱性之評估,而將結果 98 形成材。 性組成物層, ,然後施行對 示於表1中。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694The photohardenable composition layer of the obtained ruthenium-forming material is obtained by using the 1 k W 95 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as described above. After the exposure amount is irradiated so that the entire hardened layer is formed, the obtained hardened layer is subjected to heat treatment at a temperature of 150 ° C for 60 minutes, and then, according to JIS D 0 2 0 2, a cutting machine can be used at intervals of 1 mm. A cut pattern was applied to the hardened layer by a method of 100 squares, and a cellophane tape manufactured by Nichiban Co. was attached to the hardened layer to measure the peeling of the hardened layer when the tape was peeled off. The number of cells is evaluated on the basis of the following criteria. A: In 100 squares, the number of peeled squares of the hardened layer is zero. B: In 100 squares, the number of peeling squares of the hardened layer is one or more and less than five. C: In 100 squares, the number of peeling squares of the hardened layer is 5 or more and less than 10 pieces. D: In 100 squares, the number of peeled squares of the hardened layer is more than 10 pieces. [1 _ 3 ] The heat of adhesion is the same as described above, and after applying a cut by a cutting tool so that it can become 100 squares, FLUX (TAMURΑ ΚΑΚΕN C0.) is applied to the surface, Next, the operation of returning to room temperature after immersing in a solder bath at 290 ° C for 30 seconds was repeated six times. Then, the cellophane tape was attached to the hardened layer, and as described above, the number of peeled squares of the hardened layer at the time of peeling of the tape was measured, and evaluated on the same basis. [1 - 4] Laser exposure sensitivity Example 4 (curable composition for solder resist layer: laser exposure) With respect to the photocurable image forming material produced in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3, laser light was used. Under the exposure light source, measure the laser exposure 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 96 1297694 degrees as follows, and then, except for changing the exposure source to laser light, The evaluation of the adhesion of the substrate and the heat resistance thereof was carried out, and the results are shown in Table 1. The photocurable composition layer of the obtained ruthenium-forming material is fixed on a cylinder of a diameter of 7 cm, at a frequency of 10 to 100 rpm, and a wavelength of 0.45 nm is used under a change of the number of revolutions. Laser output 5 m W laser source ("NLHV 5 0 0 C" manufactured by Yuya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), with image area illumination of 2 mW and spot diameter of 2 0 // m and changing beam scanning interval and scanning speed Scanning exposure was carried out underneath, and then, under the use of a 10 wt% aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 30 ° C as a developing solution, it was sprayed in a manner of 0.15 Μ P a , and the minimum development time was 1 . The spray development was performed 5 times, thereby causing the image to appear. Regarding the obtained artifact, the exposure amount required for reproduction of the line width of 2 0 // m was obtained as the sensitivity to the blue-violet laser. [2] Hardenable composition for solder resist layer: dry film resist Examples 5 to 7 The photocurable composition was applied as an auxiliary support using an applicator in a dry film thickness of 25 // m. The film of polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness 1 9 // m) was dried in an oven at 90 ° C for 5 minutes, and a layer of the photocurable composition layer was formed as a coating film. The polyethylene film (thickness 2 5 // m) was placed for 1 day to form a dry film photoresist. Next, the obtained dry film resist material was peeled off from the polyethylene film, and the peeled surface was rolled under a manual roll laminator at a roll temperature of 100 ° C, and rolled by 0.3 Μ P a The lamination speed was 1.5 m/min and laminated on the copper foil of the copper clad layer substrate which was the same as those used in Examples 1 to 3, and a photocurable composition layer 97 326\patent specification (supplement) was prepared. </ RTI> <RTIgt; The adhesion and its heat resistance were evaluated, and the result 98 was formed. The composition layer, and then the implementation is shown in Table 1. 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94·03\93134393 1297694
OLOOLO
0Z 91 oco0Z 91 oco
Los 009Los 009
a DQa DQ
OLOOLO
0Z 9t oco0Z 9t oco
9S oos 3 0 CNI ^9S oos 3 0 CNI ^
OLOOLO
OCNI 91oco 9·0 9卜·0OCNI 91oco 9·0 9 Bu·0
COI vv πCOI vv π
OS oCNlOS oCNl
LrD.o 91oco 9·0 9卜·0LrD.o 91oco 9·0 9 Bu·0
卜I vv <N1Bu I vv <N1
LOLO
OLOOLO
OCNI LOIoco 9.0OCNI LOIoco 9.0
9S9S
LOILOI
v Vv V
CNICNI
LOLO
OLO oz 91oco 9·0 9卜·0OLO oz 91oco 9·0 9 Bu·0
LOILOI
V V 09 ozV V 09 oz
Sioco LO卜·0 ooco 66Sioco LO Bu·0 ooco 66
V VV V
OLO 0CV3 91 oco LO卜·0OLO 0CV3 91 oco LO Bu·0
SISI
V VV V
CNICNI
OLOOLO
OCNI 91oco 9卜·0 iOCNI 91oco 9 Bu·0 i
V V /-~N t-η <NI CO LO CO << <c: c c << -< V^/V V /-~N t-η <NI CO LO CO <<<c: c c <<-< V^/
^Di^sioQW^Di^sioQW
r~\ /^N /^-N /-\ 1-H CN] CO 〇Q PQ CQ 〇Q 1-ϊ^§ £ Μ 2i JJl· (la) in^s^Ae (13) s § (5 (S (5 SFSf) * ¥ (IX) ss $s^ e6e々el e6\e046\ff}s)_ra^rji#\9le 1297694 [3 ]間隔物用硬化組成物 實施例8〜1 4、比較例3〜4 將成分(A2)、(A5)以下述成分(A8)〜(A12)之通式(I)所示 之化合物及其他化合物、成分(B 1 )之聚合引發劑、成分(C 1 ) 及(C 2 )之乙烯性不飽和化合物、成分(F 1 )之胺化合物、成 分(I 1 )之界面活性劑以及成分(N 1 )之添加劑按表2所示之 配合比例加入丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯1 0 0重量份,在室溫下 予以攪拌而配製一塗佈液。關於所得之塗佈液,依照下述 方法施行保存安定性之評估,而將結果示於表2中。 [3 - 1 ]保存安定性 關於將塗佈溶液密封於試樣瓶中而在3 5 °C溫度下保管7 曰之情形,測量保管前後之黏度及最小顯影時間之變化, 而按以下之基準予以評估。 〇:黏度變化在± 3 %範圍内且最小顯影時間之變化在± 3 %範 圍内。 △:黏度變化在± 3 %範圍外,但最小顯影時間之變化在± 3 % 範圍内。 X :黏度變化在± 3 %範圍内,但最小顯影時間之變化在± 3 % 範圍外。 (A 8 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物 除了使用1,2,3,6-四氫酞酸酐137g來代替1,2,3,6-四 氫酞酸酐38g及聯苯四羧酸二酐73.5g之外,均與前述(A2) 之製造例一樣施行製造,而得到化合物(A 8 )。所得化合物 之酸值為56,重量平均分子量為2, 620,雙鍵當量為216。 100 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 (A 9 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物 將 9 , 9 -雙(4 ’ -羥苯)苐之二縮水甘油醚化物(環氧當量 2 3 1 ) 1 0 0份、丁二酸酐與季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯之反應混合 物(與前述(A 2 )之製造例所用者相同,酸值 9 0 · 5 ) 2 7 3 · 2 份、對-甲氧苯酚0.19份、三苯膦7.4份以及丙二醇單曱 醚乙酸酯3 6 8份裝入反應容器,在9 0 °C溫度下攪拌至酸值 達到5 m g - Κ Ο H / g以下為止。為了酸值達到目標,花1 0小時 (酸值1 . 0 )。其次,對上述反應所得之反應液8 0份,添加 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯6份,對此添加六亞曱二異氰酸酯1 · 9 份及二月桂酸二丁錫0. 0 1份,在9 0 °C溫度下進行反應3 小時,然後添加偏苯三甲酸酐3. 8份,在9 0 °C溫度下進行 反應3小時,而得到一具有酸值5 2,藉G P C所測之聚苯乙 烯換算之重量平均分子量3,1 0 0,以及雙鍵當量1 9 9之化 合物(A 9 )溶液。 (A 1 0 )具有參苯酚曱烷構造之樹脂(日本化藥公司產品 「TCR1286」,其酸值為101,雙鍵當量為315,二(乙二醇) 單乙醚乙酸酯溶液) (A 1 1 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物(關於日本專利特開 平1 1 - 1 3 3 6 0 0號公報中之合成例3所載述之丙烯酸系樹脂 之追加試驗) 將2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4 -二甲戊腈)7重量份及二(乙二醇) 二曱醚2 0 0重量份裝入一具備冷卻管及攪拌機之燒瓶。繼 之添加苯乙烯10重量份、曱基丙烯酸20重量份、曱基丙 稀酸縮水甘油S旨4 5重量份以及二環戊基曱基丙稀酸酯2 5 101 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 重量份’而用氮氣予以換氣後,慢慢開始攪;拌。 溫度上升至7 (TC,保持此一溫度5小時而得到一 物(A 1 1 )之聚合物溶液。所得聚合物溶液之固形 3 3 %,聚合物之重量平均分子量為1 8,0 0 0。 (A 1 2 )由以下之製造例得到之化合物 除了使用屬於四羧酸二酐之「RIKACIDBT-100 理化公司產品)57.5g及1,2,3,6-四氫酉太酸酐43. 1,2,3,6-四氫酞酸酐388及聯苯四羧酸二酐73· 均與(A 2 )之製造例一樣施行製造,而得到化合物 得化合物之酸值為55,重量平均分子量為4450, 為 2 0 8。 :(C2)前述通式(VIIIc)所示之含有(曱基)丙烯 磷酸8旨類(日本化藥公司產品「K A Y A R A D P Μ 2 1」: (F 1 )三聚氰胺樹脂及其改質樹脂(三和化學 r NIKALACK E-21 51」) (J 1 )氟系界面活性劑(大曰本油墨化學工業 r MEGAFAX F-4 7 5 j ) (Nl)石夕烧偶合劑(Toray Dow Corning Co·產品「 繼之,使用旋塗器以將前述塗佈液塗佈於一在 有I T 0膜之玻璃基板之該I T 0膜上,在熱板上在 下加熱乾燥3分鐘以形成塗膜。對所得之塗膜, 具有9個各具直徑5〜2 0 // m之圓形開口部以及每 上之方形開口部之圖案光罩之下,利用曝光間隙 365nm 之強度為 32mW/cm2 之紫外線以曝光 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 102 使溶液之 含有共聚 物濃度為 」(新日本 8 g以代替 5 g之外, (A 1 2 ) ° 所 雙鍵當量 醯氧基之 ) 公司產品 公司產品 SH 6 0 4 0」) 表面形成 8 0 °C溫度 在使用一 •邊 5mm以 1 5 0 // m » 量可成為 1297694 6 0 m J / c m 2之方式施行曝光。此際之紫外線照射係在空氣下 施行者。其次,使用2 3 °C之0 . 1 %氫氧化鉀水溶液,按最小 顯影時間之2倍時間施行噴霧顯影後,用純水予以洗滌1 分鐘。在此,最小顯影時間之意義為,在相同之顯影條件 下,未曝光部完全溶化之時間。將藉此等操作除去不需要 之部分而形成有間隔物圖案之基板在烘箱内 2 3 0 °C溫度下 加熱硬化3 0分鐘,而得到複數之具有不同底面積之間隔物 圖案,其膜部分(形成於每邊5 m m以上之方形開口部者)之 高度為約4 // m。關於所得到之間隔物圖案,依照下述方法 施行密合性及壓縮特性之評估,而將結果示於表2中。 [3 - 2 ]密合性 密合性評估係關於實施例8〜1 1暨比較例3及4施行者。 關於由光罩開口直徑不同之圖案光罩膜所得之具有不同 底面積之間隔物圖案,以具有圖案高度為 3//m以上之 9 個同一大小之間隔物圖案中形成有8個以上之圖案(即,應 當形成之9個圖案中缺少1個以下之圖案)之最小圖案大小 規定密合性,而以底面積示於表2中。 [3 - 3 ]壓縮特性:使用微小硬度計之負載-除負載測試 關於上述所得之間隔物圖案,在使用基園斯(股)所製造 之超深度彩色3 D形狀測量顯微鏡「V K - 9 5 0 0」之下,描繪 一通過間隔物圖案之中軸之縱剖面圖。將高度(從所繪之圖 形如圖2之示意圖所示之基板面至最高位置點Q )之9 0 %高 度上之與該基板面(間隔物圖案之圖形内之基板面)平行之 直線A A ’ 之長度予以測量。其次,將此直線A A ’為直徑之 103 326\專利說明書(補件)\94·03\93134393 1297694 圓之面積設定為間隔物圖案之上截面積。 在其中,關於具有上截面積80±10//m2之1個圖案,施 4亍矛1J 用「Shimazu Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester D U H - W 2 0 1 S」之負載-除負載測試,以評估壓縮特性。測試 條件設定在 2 3 °C測量溫度下,使用直徑 5 0 // Hi之平面壓 子,按一定速度(0 . 2 2 g f / s e c )對間隔物施加載重,當載重 達到5 g f時,保持5秒鐘,繼之按該速度施行除負載之方 法。根據由此項測試所求出之載重-位移曲線(在圖3展示 其示意圖),求出最大位移Η [ m a X ],最後位移Η [ L a s t ],恢 復率(% ) = { Η [ 1 a s t ] / (測試前之圖案高度)丨x 1 0 0,彈性復原 率(%) = {(H[max] -H[last])/H[max]}xlOO,負載時之位移為 0·25#πι時之過重N(gf),而示於表2中。 [3 - 4 ]間隔物特性之評估(面板之評估) 依照下述方法製備液晶單元,以施行間隔物特性之評 估。準備一電極基板A,係在2 . 5 c m平方之無鹼玻璃基板(旭 硝子(股)製品「A N - 1 0 0」)之單面上全面形成有I T 0膜者, 以及一電極基板B,係在2.5cm平方之相同玻璃基板之單 面中央部上形成有1 cm平方之IT0膜,在此連接有2mm寬 度之輸出電極者。 將各實施例所示之硬化性組成物藉旋塗法塗佈於電極基 板A上,在熱板上在8 0 °C溫度下加熱3分鐘,使用一種為 中央部 lcm平方之部分以底面積 80//Π12之圓形圖案可按 3 0個/ c m X 3 0個/ c m = 9 0 0個等間隔排歹)J於格子上之方式設計 之曝光光罩,以按曝·光間隙1 5 0 // m施行曝光。照射能量為 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 104 1297694 6 0 m J / c m 2。繼之,使用氫氧化鉀水溶液以施行顯影後,用 純水洗滌,而在熱風循環爐内2 3 0 °C溫度下施行燒製3 0分 鐘。以燒製後之間隔物之高度可成為4 // m之方式調整塗佈 條件。如此準備一在中央部形成有間隔物之試驗圖案之電 極基板A。 繼之,將配向膜劑(日產化學(股)產品「S u n e v e r 7 4 9 2」) 藉旋塗法塗佈於電極基板A及B上之後,在熱板上施行1 1 Ο °C 1分鐘之乾燥,然後在熱風循環爐内2 0 0 °C溫度下加熱1 小時,以形成膜厚7 Ο n m之塗膜。使用摩擦機以施加配向處 理後,將含有直徑4 // m之二氧化矽珠之環氧樹脂系密封劑 在使用分配器之下塗佈於塗有配向膜之電極基板B之面的 外周上,使之與電極基板A之形成有間隔物試驗圖案之面 以外緣部可偏移3mm之方式相對配置,而在保持加壓之狀 態下,在熱風循環爐内1 8 0 °C溫度下加熱2小時。 對如此得到之空單元,將液晶(美爾克公司產品 Z L I - 4 7 9 2 )注入其内,用U V硬化型密封劑封閉其周邊部而 製備一試驗用液晶單元。 對如此得到之液晶單元施加5 V、6 Ο Η z之交流電壓,用目 視及顯微鏡來觀察電極形成部分之電光學回應之面内不均 勻。在目視及顯微鏡均未發現面内不均勻之情形予以評定 為〇,在目視未能確認面内不均勻但在顯微鏡確認面内不 均勻之情形予以評定為△,在目視確認面内不均勻之情形 予以評定為X ,而將結果示於表2中。 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 105 1297694 |比較例4 1 46.95 〇〇 46. 95 T—H ◦· CO X 205.4 oo LO οα 1.26 t— CO ◦· CO oo 寸 0.56 < 1比較例3 46.95 CO 46.95 CO CD < 164.3 ① cd 1 1 1 1.30 0. 75 OO CNI 寸 cr> CO o X 實施例14| 46. 95 CO 46. 95 CO cz> < LO 〇〇 CO 1 1.65 ο oo ◦· oo 0.38 〇 |實施例13 | 46.95 CO 46.95 CO CD 〇 1 155. 1 1 1 1.58 0. 74 2 oo 次 CO LO r-H 呀 CD 〇 |實施例121 46.95 CO 46.95 CO H ◦· 〇 1 136.6 1 1 1.40 0.59 LO oo 欲 oo LO CD CD ◦· 〇 1實施例111 46.95 CO 46.95 r-H ◦· r—H < 1 139.1 1 ① oi CNI 1.38 0.55 欲 CD OO § CO CO ◦’ 〇 1實施例ίο I 46.95 CO 46. 95 i 1 CD CO 〇 1 141.9 1 ① CD r—Η 1.39 0. 54 OO Z£> oa CO Q· 〇 實施例9 46. 95 CO 46. 95 CO r—< 〇· 〇 r—i CD 呀 Τ~Ή oo CO r-H 1.42 CD oo g CLD 0.60 〇 |實施例8 | 46. 95 CO 46.95 CO r-H CD < CD ai CO r—H CO csi 1.35 0.55 CO oo LO CO CD ◦· 〇 (A2) (A8) 1 (A9) (A10) (A12) (A5) (All) (Bl) (Cl) (C2) (FI) H-H (Nl) 保存安定性 組成物全體之雙鍵當量 cO 樂 w ίχί 最後位移 H[last]( //m) 恢復率00 彈性復原率00 ss LO ^ >w 面板之評估 化合物 (B)聚合引發劑 (C)乙烯性不飽 和化合物 (F)界面活性劑 (I)胺化合物 i(N)添加劑 密合性 壓縮特性 髮^趄韻噠荽(侧_省) 凜噠龚W者麥r~\ /^N /^-N /-\ 1-H CN] CO 〇Q PQ CQ 〇Q 1-ϊ^§ £ Μ 2i JJl· (la) in^s^Ae (13) s § (5 (S (5 SFSf) * ¥ (IX) ss $s^ e6e々el e6\e046\ff}s)_ra^rji#\9le 1297694 [3] Hardened composition for spacers Example 8~1 4, comparison Examples 3 to 4 The components (A2) and (A5) are a compound represented by the formula (I) of the following components (A8) to (A12), and a polymerization initiator and a component (C) of the other compound and the component (B1). 1) and (C 2 ) of the ethylenically unsaturated compound, the amine compound of the component (F 1 ), the surfactant of the component (I 1 ), and the additive of the component (N 1 ) are added to the propylene glycol in the mixing ratio shown in Table 2. 100 parts by weight of monoterpene ether acetate, and a coating liquid was prepared by stirring at room temperature. Regarding the obtained coating liquid, the evaluation of storage stability was carried out according to the following method, and the results are shown in Table 2. [3 - 1 ] Preservation stability When the coating solution is sealed in a sample bottle and stored at a temperature of 35 ° C for 7 ,, the change in viscosity and minimum development time before and after storage is measured, and the following is as follows. The basis is evaluated. 〇: Viscosity change is ± Within 3 % and the minimum development time varies within ± 3 %. △: Viscosity change is outside the range of ± 3 %, but the minimum development time varies within ± 3 %. X : Viscosity change is within ± 3 % However, the change of the minimum development time is outside the range of ± 3 %. (A 8 ) The compound obtained by the following production example is used instead of 1, 2, 3, using 137 g of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride. Each of 38-g of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 73.5 g of biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride was produced in the same manner as in the production example of the above (A2) to obtain a compound (A 8 ). The obtained compound had an acid value of 56 and a weight. The average molecular weight is 2,620 and the double bond equivalent is 216. 100 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 (A9) The compound obtained by the following manufacturing example will be 9 , 9 - double (4 ' -Hydroxybenzene) bis diglycidyl etherate (epoxy equivalent 2 3 1 ) 100 parts, a reaction mixture of succinic anhydride and pentaerythritol triacrylate (the same as used in the production example of (A 2 ) above, acid Value 9 0 · 5 ) 2 7 3 · 2 parts, 0.19 parts of p-methoxyphenol, 7.4 parts of triphenylphosphine, and propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 3 6 8 parts were charged into the reaction vessel and stirred at a temperature of 90 ° C until the acid value reached 5 m g - Κ Ο H / g or less. For the acid value to reach the target, spend 10 hours (acid value 1.0). Next, the reaction liquid obtained by the above reaction was 80 parts, and 6 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added thereto, and 9 parts of hexamethylene diisocyanate and 0.1 part of dibutyltin dilaurate were added thereto. The reaction was carried out at a temperature of 90 ° C for 3 hours, and then 3. 8 parts of trimellitic anhydride was added, and the reaction was carried out at a temperature of 90 ° C for 3 hours to obtain a polyphenylene having an acid value of 5 2 and measured by GPC. A solution of a compound (A 9 ) having a weight average molecular weight of 3,100 in terms of ethylene and a compound having a double bond equivalent of 199. (A 1 0 ) a resin having a phenol decane structure ("TCR1286" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., having an acid value of 101, a double bond equivalent of 315, and a di(ethylene glycol) monoethyl ether acetate solution) (A) 1 1 ) A compound obtained by the following production example (additional test of the acrylic resin described in Synthesis Example 3 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei No. Hei No. 1 1 - 3 3 3 0 0) 2, 2' - 7 parts by weight of azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and 200 parts by weight of di(ethylene glycol) dioxime ether were placed in a flask equipped with a cooling tube and a stirrer. Then, 10 parts by weight of styrene, 20 parts by weight of methacrylic acid, 45 parts by weight of glycidyl acrylate, and 2,5,5,3,3,3,3,3,3 )\94-03\93134393 1297694 Parts by weight 'When using nitrogen to ventilate, slowly start to stir; mix. The temperature rises to 7 (TC, maintaining this temperature for 5 hours to obtain a polymer solution of the substance (A 1 1 ). The solid solution of the obtained polymer solution is 33%, and the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is 1,800. (A 1 2 ) The compound obtained by the following production examples is 57.5 g and 1,2,3,6-tetrahydroanthracene anhydride 43.1 g of "RIKACIDBT-100 Physicochemical Co., Ltd." which is a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. 2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride 388 and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 73· were both produced in the same manner as in the production example of (A 2 ), and the compound obtained had an acid value of 55 and a weight average molecular weight of 4,450. (2): (C2) The ketone-containing acrylic acid-containing product of the above formula (VIIIc) (KAYARADP Μ 2 1): (F 1 ) melamine resin and its Modified resin (Sanhe Chemical r NIKALACK E-21 51)) (J 1 ) Fluorine-based surfactant (Otsuka Ink Chemical Industry r MEGAFAX F-4 7 5 j ) (Nl) Shi Xi Burning Coupler (Toray Dow Corning Co. Product" Subsequently, a spin coater was used to apply the coating liquid to a IT 0 film on a glass substrate having an IT 0 film. And drying on a hot plate for 3 minutes to form a coating film. The obtained coating film has nine circular openings each having a diameter of 5 to 2 0 // m and a pattern mask of each square opening portion. Under the exposure light, the intensity of the exposure gap of 365 nm is 32 mW/cm2 to expose the 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 102 to make the concentration of the copolymer contained in the solution (new Japanese 8 g instead of 5 g) In addition, (A 1 2 ) ° double bond equivalent 醯 oxy) company product company SH 6 0 4 0") surface formation 80 ° C temperature in the use of a side 5mm to 1 5 0 / m » The exposure can be performed in the manner of 1297694 6 0 m J / cm 2. The ultraviolet irradiation is performed under air. Secondly, 0.1% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution at 23 ° C is used, and the minimum development time is used. After spray development for 2 times, it was washed with pure water for 1 minute. Here, the minimum development time means that the unexposed portion is completely melted under the same development conditions. Part of the substrate formed with the spacer pattern in the oven Heat hardening at 30 ° C for 30 minutes, and obtain a plurality of spacer patterns having different bottom areas, and the height of the film portion (formed at a square opening of 5 mm or more on each side) is about 4 // m. With respect to the obtained spacer pattern, the adhesion and the compression characteristics were evaluated in accordance with the following methods, and the results are shown in Table 2. [3 - 2] Adhesion The adhesion evaluation was performed on Examples 8 to 1 1 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4. Regarding a spacer pattern having different bottom areas obtained from a pattern mask film having different mask opening diameters, eight or more patterns are formed in nine spacer patterns having the same pattern height of 3//m or more. The minimum pattern size (i.e., the pattern lacking one or less of the nine patterns that should be formed) defines the adhesion, and the bottom area is shown in Table 2. [3 - 3 ] Compression characteristics: Load using a micro hardness tester - In addition to the load test, the spacer pattern obtained above is used in an ultra-deep color 3D shape measuring microscope "VK - 9 5" manufactured by Kishins. Below 0 0", a longitudinal section through the axis of the spacer pattern is depicted. A line AA which is parallel to the substrate surface (substrate surface in the pattern of the spacer pattern) at a height of 90% from the substrate surface to the highest position point Q shown in the schematic diagram of FIG. 2 The length of ' is measured. Next, the straight line A A ' is the diameter of the 103 326 \ patent specification (supplement) \94·03\93134393 1297694 round area is set as the cross-sectional area above the spacer pattern. Among them, regarding one pattern having an upper sectional area of 80±10//m2, the load of the “Shimazu Dynamic Super Micro Hardness Tester DUH-W 2 0 1 S” was used to evaluate the compression. characteristic. The test conditions are set at a temperature of 2 3 °C, using a plane pressure of 50 @ // Hi, applying a load to the spacer at a certain speed (0.22 gf / sec), and maintaining the load when the load reaches 5 gf. 5 seconds, followed by the method of removing the load at this speed. According to the load-displacement curve obtained by this test (shown in Fig. 3), the maximum displacement Η [ ma X ], the final displacement Η [L ast ], and the recovery rate (%) = { Η [ 1 Ast ] / (pattern height before test) 丨x 1 0 0, elastic recovery rate (%) = {(H[max] -H[last])/H[max]}xlOO, the displacement at load is 0· When 25#πι is overweight N(gf), it is shown in Table 2. [3 - 4] Evaluation of spacer characteristics (evaluation of panel) A liquid crystal cell was prepared in accordance with the following method to evaluate the characteristics of the spacer. An electrode substrate A is prepared in which an IT 0 film and an electrode substrate B are integrally formed on one surface of a 2.5 cm square alkali-free glass substrate (Asa - 1 0 0). A 1 cm square IT0 film was formed on the central portion of one side of the same glass substrate of 2.5 cm square, and an output electrode of 2 mm width was connected thereto. The curable composition shown in each example was applied onto the electrode substrate A by spin coating, and heated on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C for 3 minutes, using a portion having a central portion of 1 cm squared. The circular pattern of 80//Π12 can be arranged at 30°/cm X 3 /cm = 990 at equal intervals). The exposure mask is designed on the grid to press the exposure and light gap 1 5 0 // m to perform exposure. The irradiation energy is 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 104 1297694 6 0 m J / c m 2 . Subsequently, after developing with potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, it was washed with pure water, and fired at a temperature of 230 ° C in a hot air circulating furnace for 30 minutes. The coating conditions are adjusted so that the height of the spacer after firing can be 4 // m. Thus, an electrode substrate A in which a test pattern of spacers was formed at the center portion was prepared. Then, the alignment film (Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. "S unever 7 4 9 2") was applied onto the electrode substrates A and B by spin coating, and then subjected to 1 1 Ο ° C for 1 minute on a hot plate. It was dried and then heated in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 200 ° C for 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness of 7 Ο nm. After applying the alignment treatment using a friction machine, an epoxy resin sealant containing ceria beads having a diameter of 4 // m was applied to the outer periphery of the surface of the electrode substrate B coated with the alignment film under the use of a dispenser. And the outer edge portion of the surface of the electrode substrate A on which the spacer test pattern is formed is disposed to be offset by 3 mm, and is heated at a temperature of 180 ° C in a hot air circulating furnace while being kept under pressure. 2 hours. With respect to the thus obtained empty unit, liquid crystal (Melk product Z L I - 4 7 9 2 ) was injected therein, and a peripheral portion of the UW was sealed with a U V hardening type sealant to prepare a test liquid crystal cell. An alternating voltage of 5 V, 6 Ο Η z was applied to the thus obtained liquid crystal cell, and the in-plane unevenness of the electro-optical response of the electrode forming portion was observed by a visual observation and a microscope. In the case where no in-plane unevenness was observed in both the visual and the microscope, it was evaluated as 〇, and it was evaluated as Δ in the case where the surface unevenness was not visually recognized but uneven in the surface of the microscope confirmation, and the unevenness in the surface was visually confirmed. The situation is rated as X and the results are shown in Table 2. 326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 105 1297694 |Comparative example 4 1 46.95 〇〇46. 95 T—H ◦· CO X 205.4 oo LO οα 1.26 t—CO ◦· CO oo inch 0.56 < 1 Comparative Example 3 46.95 CO 46.95 CO CD < 164.3 1 cd 1 1 1 1.30 0. 75 OO CNI inch cr> CO o X Example 14| 46. 95 CO 46. 95 CO cz>< LO 〇〇CO 1 1.65 ο oo ◦· oo 0.38 〇|Example 13 | 46.95 CO 46.95 CO CD 〇1 155. 1 1 1 1.58 0. 74 2 oo times CO LO rH 呀 CD 〇|Example 121 46.95 CO 46.95 CO H ◦· 〇 1 136.6 1 1 1.40 0.59 LO oo oo LO CD CD ◦· 〇1 Example 111 46.95 CO 46.95 rH ◦· r—H < 1 139.1 1 1 oi CNI 1.38 0.55 CD OO § CO CO ◦' 〇1 implementation Example ίο I 46.95 CO 46. 95 i 1 CD CO 〇 1 141.9 1 1 CD r—Η 1.39 0. 54 OO Z£> oa CO Q· 〇 Example 9 46. 95 CO 46. 95 CO r—< 〇· 〇r-i CD 呀Τ~Ή oo CO rH 1.42 CD oo g CLD 0.60 〇|Example 8 | 46. 95 CO 46.95 CO rH CD < CD ai CO r-H CO csi 1.35 0.55 CO oo LO CO CD ◦· 〇(A2) (A8) 1 (A9) (A10) (A12) (A5) (All) (Bl) (Cl) (C2) (FI) HH (Nl) Save the stability of the composition of the whole double key equivalent cO Le w ίχί Last displacement H [last] ( // m) Recovery rate 00 Elastic recovery rate 00 ss LO ^ > w Evaluation of the panel compound (B) polymerization initiator (C Ethylene unsaturated compound (F) surfactant (I) amine compound i (N) additive adhesion compression characteristics hair 趄 趄 哒荽 侧
9〇一 ® e6eKle6\eo46\(47}ii)_s^^*\9<Ne 1297694 雖使用特定態樣詳細說明本發明,所屬領域者應知可不 超出本發明之主旨與範圍而加以各種變換及變化。 又,本案係基於2 0 0 3年1 1月1 1曰所申請之曰本專利申 請(特願2 0 0 3 - 3 8 0 6 6 6 ),其整體均引用上者而使用。 <產業上之可利用性> 本發明之硬化性組成物係有用於印刷佈線板、液晶顯示 元件、電漿顯示裝置、大規模積體電路、薄型電晶體、半 導體封裝體、彩色濾光片、有機電場發光機構等領域之阻 焊膜、覆面膜、以及各種電子零件之絕緣被覆層之形成, 尤其適於使用於利用雷射光之直接描晝者。 再者,本發明硬化性組成物係被使用於液晶顯示裝置等 之液晶面板中,充當彩色濾光片、黑色基體、外敷層、肋 條、以及間隔物用之硬化性組成物有用者。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為展示從上方看到間隔物圖案時之描繪位置之示意 圖。 圖2為展示間隔物圖案之縱剖圖輪廓之示意圖。 圖3為展示間隔物之負載-除負載測試上之載重-位移曲 線之示意圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 間隔物圖案 2 間隔物圖案之中軸 3 描繪位置 4 間隔物圖案之縱剖圖輪廓 107 326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 1297694 5 從基板面至最高位置之高度 6 從基板面至最高位置之高度之90 %之高度 7 上剖面之直徑AA’9〇一® e6eKle6\eo46\(47}ii)_s^^*\9<Ne 1297694 Although the present invention will be described in detail using specific aspects, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that Variety. In addition, this case is based on the application for a patent (Purity 2 0 0 3 - 3 8 0 6 6 6 ) filed on January 1st, 2003, and the whole is used as a whole. <Industrial Applicability> The curable composition of the present invention is used for a printed wiring board, a liquid crystal display element, a plasma display device, a large-scale integrated circuit, a thin transistor, a semiconductor package, and color filter The formation of a solder mask, a coating film, and an insulating coating of various electronic parts in the fields of a sheet, an organic electric field illuminating mechanism, and the like is particularly suitable for use as a direct tracer using laser light. Further, the curable composition of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal panel such as a liquid crystal display device, and is useful as a color filter, a black substrate, an overcoat layer, a rib, and a hardenable composition for a spacer. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing a drawing position when a spacer pattern is seen from above. 2 is a schematic view showing a longitudinal sectional view of a spacer pattern. Figure 3 is a schematic diagram showing the loading of the spacer - the load-displacement curve in addition to the load test. [Description of main component symbols] 1 spacer pattern 2 spacer pattern middle axis 3 drawing position 4 spacer pattern longitudinal section outline 107 326\patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 1297694 5 from the substrate surface to the highest The height of the position 6 is 90% of the height from the substrate surface to the highest position. 7 The diameter of the upper section is AA'
326\專利說明書(補件)\94-03\93134393 108326\Patent specification (supplement)\94-03\93134393 108
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2003380666 | 2003-11-11 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200530279A TW200530279A (en) | 2005-09-16 |
TWI297694B true TWI297694B (en) | 2008-06-11 |
Family
ID=34567249
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW93134393A TWI297694B (en) | 2003-11-11 | 2004-11-11 | Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (2) | JP3912405B2 (en) |
KR (3) | KR100750840B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN1717628A (en) |
TW (1) | TWI297694B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2005045526A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (57)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3912405B2 (en) * | 2003-11-11 | 2007-05-09 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
JP4599484B2 (en) * | 2004-05-31 | 2010-12-15 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | Curable resin composition and color filter having photospacer formed using the same |
WO2006006671A1 (en) * | 2004-07-14 | 2006-01-19 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, pattern forming material, photosensitive laminate, pattern forming apparatus and method of pattern formation |
JP4645245B2 (en) * | 2005-03-16 | 2011-03-09 | 凸版印刷株式会社 | PHOTOSENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION FOR PROJECT FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL ORIENTATION CONTROL, COLOR FILTER WITH PROJECT FOR LIQUID CRYSTAL Alignment CONTROL FORMED USING SAME |
JP2007047451A (en) * | 2005-08-10 | 2007-02-22 | Hitachi High-Technologies Corp | Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display cell, and liquid crystal display cell |
JP4849860B2 (en) * | 2005-10-04 | 2012-01-11 | 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 | Photocurable / thermosetting resin composition, cured product thereof, and printed wiring board obtained using the same |
JP2007156011A (en) * | 2005-12-02 | 2007-06-21 | Fujifilm Corp | Photosensitive resin composition for photo spacer, substrate with spacer, method for producing the same and liquid crystal display device |
JP2007156139A (en) * | 2005-12-06 | 2007-06-21 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing substrate with photo spacer, substrate with photo spacer and liquid crystal display device |
JP2007219302A (en) * | 2006-02-17 | 2007-08-30 | Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co Ltd | Thermosetting ink composition for color filter, and color filter, and its manufacturing method |
KR20090010158A (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2009-01-29 | 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 | Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
JP2007334324A (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2007-12-27 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device |
WO2008013031A1 (en) * | 2006-07-27 | 2008-01-31 | Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation | Curable composition, cured object, color filter, and liquid-crystal display |
CN101114123B (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2011-11-02 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Photo-setting property composition and color filter using the composition |
JP2008040109A (en) * | 2006-08-04 | 2008-02-21 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Colored composition, color filter and liquid crystal display device |
JP4935980B2 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2012-05-23 | Jsr株式会社 | Pigment resin composition, ink jet color filter resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
JP4805077B2 (en) * | 2006-09-26 | 2011-11-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition for color filter, color filter, and method for producing the same |
KR100725023B1 (en) | 2006-10-16 | 2007-06-07 | 제일모직주식회사 | Cardo type resin-containing resist composition and method for preparing a pattern by the same and a color filter using the same |
JP5227567B2 (en) * | 2006-11-08 | 2013-07-03 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same |
JP2008152142A (en) * | 2006-12-19 | 2008-07-03 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Color filter substrate having photo-spacer, and liquid crystal display device |
KR101224261B1 (en) * | 2007-01-31 | 2013-01-18 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Thermosetting ink composition for color filter, color filter using the composition and lcd comprising the color filter |
JP4663679B2 (en) * | 2007-05-08 | 2011-04-06 | 太陽ホールディングス株式会社 | Photocurable resin composition, dry film, cured product, and printed wiring board |
JP2009031778A (en) * | 2007-06-27 | 2009-02-12 | Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp | Photosensitive composition, method, cured product, and liquid crystal display device |
TWI396492B (en) * | 2007-09-25 | 2013-05-11 | Ngk Spark Plug Co | Method for manufacturing wire substrate |
KR100965189B1 (en) * | 2007-10-11 | 2010-06-24 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Fluorene-based polymer having urethane group and preparation method thereof, and negative photosensitive resin composition containing the fluorene-based polymer |
JP2009151026A (en) * | 2007-12-19 | 2009-07-09 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | Colored composition, method of manufacturing color filter, and color filter |
WO2009078407A1 (en) * | 2007-12-19 | 2009-06-25 | Toyo Ink Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Color composition, method for producing color filter, and color filter |
WO2009091227A2 (en) * | 2008-01-18 | 2009-07-23 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Optical film, preparation method of the same, and liquid crystal display comprising the same |
JP5109678B2 (en) * | 2008-01-23 | 2012-12-26 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive composition for forming colored layer, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element |
JP5279423B2 (en) * | 2008-05-19 | 2013-09-04 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive laminate, permanent pattern forming method, and printed circuit board |
KR101056683B1 (en) * | 2009-01-19 | 2011-08-12 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, and liquid crystal display device comprising the same |
JP5719831B2 (en) * | 2010-03-18 | 2015-05-20 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Epoxy acrylate, acrylic composition, cured product and method for producing the same |
JP5416725B2 (en) | 2010-09-24 | 2014-02-12 | 積水化学工業株式会社 | Curable composition for inkjet and method for producing printed wiring board |
JP2012087284A (en) * | 2010-09-24 | 2012-05-10 | Sekisui Chem Co Ltd | Curable composition for inkjet and method for producing printed wiring board |
CN102436142B (en) | 2010-09-29 | 2013-11-06 | 第一毛织株式会社 | Black photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same |
KR101367253B1 (en) | 2010-10-13 | 2014-03-13 | 제일모직 주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition and black matrix using the same |
KR101486560B1 (en) | 2010-12-10 | 2015-01-27 | 제일모직 주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition and black matrix using the same |
KR101453769B1 (en) | 2010-12-24 | 2014-10-22 | 제일모직 주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition and color filter using the same |
TWI420244B (en) * | 2011-04-08 | 2013-12-21 | Chi Mei Corp | Photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and liquid crystal display device made by using the composition |
KR101271172B1 (en) * | 2011-07-26 | 2013-06-04 | 주식회사 휘닉스소재 | Conductive composition and electrode for touch panel |
KR20140076320A (en) | 2012-12-12 | 2014-06-20 | 제일모직주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition and black spacer using the same |
JP6006631B2 (en) * | 2012-12-17 | 2016-10-12 | 新日鉄住金化学株式会社 | Curable resin composition and cured product containing bis (meth) acryloyl-terminated benzyl ether compound |
WO2014199890A1 (en) * | 2013-06-14 | 2014-12-18 | 三菱製紙株式会社 | Method for manufacturing wiring board |
KR102028580B1 (en) * | 2013-08-30 | 2019-10-04 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Colored photosensitive resin composition for forming column spacer |
KR102077126B1 (en) * | 2013-12-19 | 2020-02-13 | 제일모직 주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition and light blocking layer using the same |
JP6822758B2 (en) * | 2014-09-30 | 2021-01-27 | 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 | A photosensitive resin composition for a touch panel, a cured film thereof, and a touch panel having the cured film. |
JP6391121B2 (en) * | 2016-01-20 | 2018-09-19 | 互応化学工業株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, dry film, printed wiring board, and method for producing photosensitive resin composition |
KR20180125634A (en) * | 2015-01-28 | 2018-11-23 | 고오 가가쿠고교 가부시키가이샤 | Light-sensitive resin composition, dry film, and printed circuit board |
KR102371057B1 (en) * | 2015-02-26 | 2022-03-07 | 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 | Alkali-developable resins containing unsaturated groups and resin materials for solder resists |
JP2017083682A (en) * | 2015-10-29 | 2017-05-18 | 三洋化成工業株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition |
JP2017156590A (en) * | 2016-03-02 | 2017-09-07 | 太陽インキ製造株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed wiring board prepared therewith |
WO2018182137A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Blue photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and image display device manufactured using same |
KR20180111067A (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-11 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | Blue photosensitive resin composition, color filter and image display device produced using the same |
KR101840984B1 (en) * | 2017-11-10 | 2018-03-21 | 동우 화인켐 주식회사 | A photo sensitive resin composition, a color filter comprising a black metrics, a column spacer or black column spacer prepared by using the composition, and a display device comprising the color filter |
JP6689308B2 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2020-04-28 | 株式会社タムラ製作所 | Curable resin composition for inkjet |
JP6944012B2 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2021-10-06 | 株式会社タムラ製作所 | Curable resin composition for inkjet |
CN118444528A (en) | 2018-12-18 | 2024-08-06 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product, coloring spacer and image display device |
US11639398B2 (en) | 2019-12-30 | 2023-05-02 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Photosensitive bismaleimide composition |
Family Cites Families (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3293924B2 (en) * | 1993-01-19 | 2002-06-17 | 日本化薬株式会社 | Radiation-curable resin composition, resin composition for optical material, and cured product thereof |
JPH06220131A (en) * | 1993-01-22 | 1994-08-09 | Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd | Radiation-setting resin composition, resin composition for optical material and cured product therefrom |
JPH11242330A (en) * | 1998-02-24 | 1999-09-07 | Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition, multilayered printed circuit board using that, and its production |
JP3981968B2 (en) * | 1998-03-11 | 2007-09-26 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation sensitive resin composition |
JP3386113B2 (en) * | 1999-06-17 | 2003-03-17 | 日本電気株式会社 | Optical waveguide and method of manufacturing the same |
JP2001069754A (en) * | 1999-08-27 | 2001-03-16 | Fujitsu Ltd | Synchronous rectifier circuit |
JP2001166469A (en) * | 1999-12-07 | 2001-06-22 | Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd | Heat or photo-curable heat resistant resin composition |
JP2001166468A (en) * | 1999-12-07 | 2001-06-22 | Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition and multilayer printed wiring board |
JP4839525B2 (en) * | 2000-09-29 | 2011-12-21 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition and color filter for liquid crystal display |
JP2002265840A (en) * | 2001-03-12 | 2002-09-18 | Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd | Red color-resist ink and color filter |
JP2003156841A (en) * | 2001-11-21 | 2003-05-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Photosensitive transfer material, photomask material, photomask, and method for producing photomask |
JP2003176343A (en) * | 2001-12-11 | 2003-06-24 | Nagase Chemtex Corp | Photopolymerizable unsaturated resin, method for producing the same and alkali-soluble radiation- sensitive resin composition produced by using the resin |
JP2004069754A (en) * | 2002-08-01 | 2004-03-04 | Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co Ltd | Photopolymerizable black composition and black pattern forming method |
JP3912405B2 (en) * | 2003-11-11 | 2007-05-09 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device |
-
2004
- 2004-11-09 JP JP2004324566A patent/JP3912405B2/en active Active
- 2004-11-10 WO PCT/JP2004/017030 patent/WO2005045526A1/en active Application Filing
- 2004-11-10 KR KR1020057010982A patent/KR100750840B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2004-11-10 CN CN 200480001615 patent/CN1717628A/en active Pending
- 2004-11-10 KR KR1020077003968A patent/KR100856367B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2004-11-10 KR KR1020087007521A patent/KR20080034216A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2004-11-11 TW TW93134393A patent/TWI297694B/en active
-
2006
- 2006-10-13 JP JP2006280426A patent/JP2007108758A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR20080034216A (en) | 2008-04-18 |
WO2005045526A1 (en) | 2005-05-19 |
KR20070024744A (en) | 2007-03-02 |
JP2007108758A (en) | 2007-04-26 |
TW200530279A (en) | 2005-09-16 |
JP3912405B2 (en) | 2007-05-09 |
KR100750840B1 (en) | 2007-08-22 |
JP2005165294A (en) | 2005-06-23 |
KR20060041154A (en) | 2006-05-11 |
KR100856367B1 (en) | 2008-09-04 |
CN1717628A (en) | 2006-01-04 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI297694B (en) | Curable composition, cured product, color filter and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI716347B (en) | Photosensitive element, laminate, permanent resist mask, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing semiconductor package | |
JP5263603B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film, method for forming resist pattern, and permanent resist using the same. | |
JP5218828B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film using the same, resist pattern forming method and permanent resist | |
TWI634386B (en) | Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resin film, and electronic component | |
TWI374155B (en) | ||
KR102056819B1 (en) | Light-curing/heat-curing resin composition, hardened material, and printed circuit board | |
JP5941180B1 (en) | Curable resin composition, dry film, cured product and printed wiring board | |
TWI414907B (en) | A hardening film pattern forming composition, and a method for producing the hardened film pattern using the same | |
TWI621914B (en) | Solder resist composition and coated printed wiring board | |
TW200804976A (en) | Thermosetting composition for protective film, hardened product and liquid crystal display device | |
JP5109246B2 (en) | Curable composition, cured product, color filter, and liquid crystal display device | |
TW200839443A (en) | Image forming material having bluish-violet laser-photosensitive resist material layer and resist image forming method therefor | |
TW202104282A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film, multilayer printed wiring board, semiconductor package, and method for producing multilayer printed wiring board | |
US20220155681A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film, multilayer printed wiring board, semiconductor package, and method for producing multilayer printed wiring board | |
JP4555942B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film for permanent resist, method for forming resist pattern, and printed wiring board | |
JP7187538B2 (en) | Alkali developable photocurable thermosetting resin composition | |
JP2017076071A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding film having spacer function, light-shielding film, liquid crystal display, manufacturing method of photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding film having spacer function, manufacturing method of light-shielding film, and manufacturing method of liquid crystal display | |
US20220169772A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film, printed wiring board, semiconductor package, and method for producing printed wiring board | |
JP2018163207A (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, and dry film, printed wiring board, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board, using the same | |
JP2007094164A (en) | Cured film for liquid crystal display apparatus | |
JP5625721B2 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive element using the same | |
WO2024209905A1 (en) | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, printed wiring board, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board | |
JP2024081599A (en) | Adhesive layer composition, laminate, production method of laminate, and processing method of laminate | |
TW202436548A (en) | Composition for adhesive layer, layered product, and producing and processing method of the layered product using the composition |